Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui_mac.c @ 2896:fd4224d9ee09 v7.3.221
updated for version 7.3.221
Problem: Text from the clipboard is sometimes handled as linewise, but not
consistently.
Solution: Assume the text is linewise when it ends in a CR or NL.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sun, 19 Jun 2011 01:14:29 +0200 |
| parents | 205adc87d579 |
| children | 767bb493e7d3 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb | |
| 5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant | |
| 6 * and Axel Kielhorn | |
| 1106 | 7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer |
| 7 | 8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore |
| 9 * | |
| 10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 13 */ | |
| 14 | |
| 15 /* | |
| 593 | 16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x |
| 856 | 17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book: |
| 18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books" | |
| 7 | 19 */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse | |
| 25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize, | |
| 26 * ScrapManager error handling. | |
| 27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize. | |
| 28 * | |
| 29 */ | |
| 30 | |
| 1107 | 31 /* TODO (Jussi) |
| 32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases) | |
| 33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems | |
| 34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that) | |
| 35 */ | |
| 7 | 36 |
| 37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */ | |
| 38 #include "vim.h" | |
| 39 | |
| 593 | 40 #define USE_CARBONIZED |
| 41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */ | |
| 42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */ | |
| 7 | 43 |
| 44 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */ | |
| 45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT) | |
| 46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */ | |
| 47 #endif | |
| 48 | |
| 9 | 49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */ |
| 50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!' | |
| 838 | 51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 52 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode | |
| 53 #else | |
| 54 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeText | |
| 55 #endif | |
| 9 | 56 |
| 7 | 57 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 593 | 58 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion; |
| 59 | |
| 766 | 60 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 61 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 1562 | 62 |
| 63 static int im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 64 #if 0 | |
| 1702 | 65 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 66 static int im_start_row = 0; |
| 67 static int im_start_col = 0; | |
| 68 #endif | |
| 69 | |
| 70 #define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) | |
| 71 | |
| 72 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument; | |
| 73 | |
| 74 static void im_on_window_switch(int active); | |
| 168 | 75 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 1562 | 76 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 77 | |
| 78 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 79 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 80 | |
| 81 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 82 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 83 | |
| 84 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 85 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 86 | |
| 87 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event( | |
| 88 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 89 | |
| 168 | 90 #endif |
| 91 | |
| 7 | 92 |
| 93 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */ | |
| 94 #include <Menus.h> | |
| 95 #include <Resources.h> | |
| 96 #include <Processes.h> | |
| 97 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 98 # include <AppleEvents.h> | |
| 99 # include <AERegistry.h> | |
| 100 #endif | |
| 101 # include <Gestalt.h> | |
| 102 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330 | |
| 103 # include <ControlDefinitions.h> | |
| 104 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 106 | |
| 593 | 107 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported |
| 108 * under Carbon (Jussi) */ | |
| 109 # if 0 | |
| 7 | 110 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/ |
| 593 | 111 # include <MacHelp.h> |
| 112 # endif | |
| 7 | 113 |
| 114 /* | |
| 593 | 115 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in |
| 116 * headers? (Jussi) | |
| 7 | 117 */ |
| 118 #define kNothing 0 | |
| 119 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/ | |
| 120 #define kCreateRect 2 | |
| 121 #define kDestroy 3 | |
| 122 | |
| 123 /* | |
| 124 * Dany: Don't like those... | |
| 125 */ | |
| 126 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0]) | |
| 127 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1]) | |
| 128 | |
| 129 | |
| 130 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */ | |
| 131 static long lastMouseTick = 0; | |
| 132 | |
| 133 /* ??? */ | |
| 134 static RgnHandle cursorRgn; | |
| 135 static RgnHandle dragRgn; | |
| 136 static Rect dragRect; | |
| 137 static short dragRectEnbl; | |
| 138 static short dragRectControl; | |
| 139 | |
| 140 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment | |
| 141 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands | |
| 142 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected | |
| 143 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working). | |
| 144 */ | |
| 145 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 146 | |
| 147 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */ | |
| 148 static short clickIsPopup; | |
| 149 | |
| 150 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */ | |
| 151 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction; | |
| 152 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag; | |
| 153 | |
| 154 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */ | |
| 155 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 156 | |
| 1572 | 157 /* Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs */ |
| 158 static short *gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 159 | |
| 13 | 160 static struct |
| 161 { | |
| 162 FMFontFamily family; | |
| 163 FMFontSize size; | |
| 164 FMFontStyle style; | |
| 165 Boolean isPanelVisible; | |
| 166 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false }; | |
| 593 | 167 |
| 766 | 168 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 169 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 170 int p_macatsui_last; |
| 168 | 171 ATSUStyle gFontStyle; |
| 1562 | 172 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 173 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle; | |
| 174 # endif | |
| 168 | 175 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet; |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
176 UInt32 useAntialias_cached = 0x0; |
| 168 | 177 #endif |
| 178 | |
| 7 | 179 /* Colors Macros */ |
| 180 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b) | |
| 181 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16) | |
| 182 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8) | |
| 183 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0) | |
| 184 | |
| 185 /* Key mapping */ | |
| 186 | |
| 187 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */ | |
| 188 | |
| 189 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */ | |
| 190 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/ | |
| 191 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/ | |
| 192 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/ | |
| 193 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/ | |
| 194 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/ | |
| 195 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/ | |
| 196 #define vk_F8 0x64 | |
| 197 #define vk_F9 0x65 | |
| 198 #define vk_F10 0x6D | |
| 199 #define vk_F11 0x67 | |
| 200 #define vk_F12 0x6F | |
| 201 #define vk_F13 0x69 | |
| 202 #define vk_F14 0x6B | |
| 203 #define vk_F15 0x71 | |
| 204 | |
| 205 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */ | |
| 206 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */ | |
| 207 | |
| 208 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */ | |
| 209 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */ | |
| 210 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 211 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */ | |
| 212 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */ | |
| 213 | |
| 214 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */ | |
| 215 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */ | |
| 216 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 217 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */ | |
| 218 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */ | |
| 219 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */ | |
| 220 | |
| 221 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */ | |
| 222 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */ | |
| 223 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */ | |
| 224 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */ | |
| 225 | |
| 226 #define vk_Undo vk_F1 | |
| 227 #define vk_Cut vk_F2 | |
| 228 #define vk_Copy vk_F3 | |
| 229 #define vk_Paste vk_F4 | |
| 230 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13 | |
| 231 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14 | |
| 232 #define vk_Pause vk_F15 | |
| 233 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr | |
| 234 #define vk_Insert vk_Help | |
| 235 | |
| 236 #define KeySym char | |
| 237 | |
| 238 static struct | |
| 239 { | |
| 240 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 241 char_u vim_code0; | |
| 242 char_u vim_code1; | |
| 243 } special_keys[] = | |
| 244 { | |
| 245 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
| 246 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
| 247 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
| 248 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
| 249 | |
| 250 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'}, | |
| 251 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'}, | |
| 252 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'}, | |
| 253 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'}, | |
| 254 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'}, | |
| 255 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'}, | |
| 256 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'}, | |
| 257 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'}, | |
| 258 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'}, | |
| 259 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'}, | |
| 260 | |
| 261 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'}, | |
| 262 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'}, | |
| 263 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'}, | |
| 264 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'}, | |
| 265 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'}, | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */ | |
| 268 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */ | |
| 269 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */ | |
| 270 #ifndef MACOS_X | |
| 271 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'}, | |
| 272 #endif | |
| 273 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'}, | |
| 274 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'}, | |
| 275 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'}, | |
| 276 {vk_End, '@', '7'}, | |
| 277 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */ | |
| 278 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */ | |
| 279 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */ | |
| 280 | |
| 281 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'}, | |
| 282 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'}, | |
| 283 | |
| 284 /* End of list marker: */ | |
| 285 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0} | |
| 286 }; | |
| 287 | |
| 288 /* | |
| 289 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 290 * Forward declaration (for those needed) | |
| 291 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 292 */ | |
| 293 | |
| 294 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 9 | 295 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent); |
| 7 | 296 #endif |
| 297 | |
| 1106 | 298 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 299 static void initialise_tabline(void); | |
| 300 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h | |
| 301 #endif | |
| 302 | |
| 1562 | 303 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 304 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font); | |
| 305 static void gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void); | |
| 306 #endif | |
| 307 | |
| 7 | 308 /* |
| 309 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 310 * Conversion Utility | |
| 311 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 312 */ | |
| 313 | |
| 314 /* | |
| 315 * C2Pascal_save | |
| 316 * | |
| 317 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 318 * into a pascal string | |
| 319 * | |
| 320 */ | |
| 321 | |
| 593 | 322 char_u * |
| 323 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 324 { |
| 325 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 326 int len; | |
| 327 | |
| 328 if (Cstring == NULL) | |
| 329 return NULL; | |
| 330 | |
| 331 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 332 | |
| 333 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 334 len = 255; | |
| 335 | |
| 336 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 337 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 338 { | |
| 339 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len); | |
| 340 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 341 } | |
| 342 | |
| 343 return PascalString; | |
| 344 } | |
| 345 | |
| 346 /* | |
| 347 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash | |
| 348 * | |
| 349 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 350 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time | |
| 351 * | |
| 352 */ | |
| 353 | |
| 593 | 354 char_u * |
| 355 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 356 { |
| 357 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 358 int len; | |
| 359 char_u *p, *c; | |
| 360 | |
| 361 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 362 | |
| 363 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 364 len = 255; | |
| 365 | |
| 366 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 367 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 368 { | |
| 369 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++) | |
| 370 { | |
| 371 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0)) | |
| 372 { | |
| 373 c++; | |
| 374 } | |
| 375 *p = *c; | |
| 376 p++; | |
| 377 len++; | |
| 378 } | |
| 379 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 380 } | |
| 381 | |
| 382 return PascalString; | |
| 383 } | |
| 384 | |
| 385 /* | |
| 386 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse) | |
| 387 */ | |
| 388 | |
| 389 int_u | |
| 390 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 391 { | |
| 392 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 393 | |
| 394 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 395 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 396 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 397 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 398 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 399 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 400 #if 0 | |
| 401 /* Not yet supported */ | |
| 402 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 403 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD; | |
| 404 #endif | |
| 405 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 406 } | |
| 407 | |
| 408 /* | |
| 409 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys) | |
| 410 */ | |
| 411 | |
| 412 static int_u | |
| 413 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 414 { | |
| 415 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 416 | |
| 417 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 418 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 419 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 420 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 421 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 422 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 423 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY | |
| 424 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 425 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD; | |
| 426 #endif | |
| 427 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 428 } | |
| 429 | |
| 430 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should | |
| 431 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or | |
| 432 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted | |
| 433 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this | |
| 434 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one. | |
| 435 * | |
| 436 * From gui_w48.c | |
| 437 */ | |
| 438 static int | |
| 439 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical) | |
| 440 { | |
| 441 int pixels; | |
| 442 int points = 0; | |
| 443 int divisor = 0; | |
| 444 | |
| 445 while (*str) | |
| 446 { | |
| 447 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0) | |
| 448 { | |
| 449 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */ | |
| 450 divisor = 1; | |
| 451 continue; | |
| 452 } | |
| 453 | |
| 454 if (!isdigit(*str)) | |
| 455 break; | |
| 456 | |
| 457 points *= 10; | |
| 458 points += *str - '0'; | |
| 459 divisor *= 10; | |
| 460 | |
| 461 ++str; | |
| 462 } | |
| 463 | |
| 464 if (divisor == 0) | |
| 465 divisor = 1; | |
| 466 | |
| 467 pixels = points/divisor; | |
| 468 *end = str; | |
| 469 return pixels; | |
| 470 } | |
| 471 | |
| 766 | 472 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 473 /* |
| 474 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any | |
| 475 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title. | |
| 476 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string. | |
| 477 */ | |
| 478 static CFStringRef | |
| 593 | 479 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 168 | 480 { |
| 481 CFStringRef name; | |
| 482 size_t menuTitleLen; | |
| 483 CFIndex displayLen; | |
| 484 CFRange mnemonicStart; | |
| 485 CFRange mnemonicEnd; | |
| 486 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName; | |
| 487 | |
| 488 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname); | |
| 1621 | 489 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen); |
| 168 | 490 |
| 491 if (name) | |
| 492 { | |
| 493 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized | |
| 494 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */ | |
| 495 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards); | |
| 496 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name); | |
| 497 | |
| 498 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound | |
| 499 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen | |
| 500 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name, | |
| 501 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic) | |
| 502 { | |
| 503 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"), | |
| 504 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1, | |
| 505 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1), | |
| 506 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) && | |
| 507 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location) | |
| 508 { | |
| 509 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name); | |
| 510 if (cleanedName) | |
| 511 { | |
| 512 CFStringDelete(cleanedName, | |
| 513 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location, | |
| 514 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 - | |
| 515 mnemonicStart.location)); | |
| 516 | |
| 517 CFRelease(name); | |
| 518 name = cleanedName; | |
| 519 } | |
| 520 } | |
| 521 } | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 | |
| 524 return name; | |
| 525 } | |
| 526 #endif | |
| 527 | |
| 7 | 528 /* |
| 529 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname | |
| 530 * character strings. | |
| 531 */ | |
| 532 | |
| 593 | 533 char_u ** |
| 534 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error) | |
| 7 | 535 { |
| 536 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 537 OSErr newError; | |
| 538 long fileCount; | |
| 539 FSSpec fileToOpen; | |
| 540 long actualSize; | |
| 541 AEKeyword dummyKeyword; | |
| 542 DescType dummyType; | |
| 543 | |
| 544 /* Get number of files in list */ | |
| 545 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles); | |
| 546 if (*error) | |
| 1107 | 547 return fnames; |
| 7 | 548 |
| 549 /* Allocate the pointer list */ | |
| 550 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 551 | |
| 552 /* Empty out the list */ | |
| 553 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 554 fnames[fileCount] = NULL; | |
| 555 | |
| 556 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */ | |
| 557 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 558 { | |
| 559 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */ | |
| 560 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS, | |
| 561 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 562 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize); | |
| 563 if (newError) | |
| 564 { | |
| 565 /* Caller is able to clean up */ | |
| 566 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */ | |
| 1107 | 567 return fnames; |
| 7 | 568 } |
| 569 | |
| 570 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */ | |
| 9 | 571 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen); |
| 7 | 572 } |
| 573 | |
| 574 return (fnames); | |
| 575 } | |
| 576 | |
| 577 /* | |
| 578 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 579 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support | |
| 580 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 581 */ | |
| 582 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 583 | |
| 584 /* | |
| 585 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior | |
| 586 * | |
| 587 * Description | |
| 588 * ----------- | |
| 589 * | |
| 590 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it | |
| 591 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor. | |
| 592 * | |
| 593 * Event Reply | |
| 594 * ----------- | |
| 595 * | |
| 596 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received. | |
| 597 * | |
| 598 * Remarks | |
| 599 * ------- | |
| 600 * | |
| 601 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified | |
| 602 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file | |
| 603 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is | |
| 9 | 604 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location. |
| 7 | 605 * |
| 606 */ | |
| 607 | |
| 608 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch; | |
| 609 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 610 { | |
| 611 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 612 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time | |
| 613 }; | |
| 614 | |
| 9 | 615 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 616 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE( |
| 617 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 618 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 619 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 620 { |
| 621 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 622 buf_T *buf; | |
| 623 int foundFile = false; | |
| 624 DescType typeCode; | |
| 625 WindowSearch SearchData; | |
| 626 Size actualSize; | |
| 627 | |
| 628 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize); | |
| 629 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 630 return error; |
| 7 | 631 |
| 9 | 632 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 633 if (error) |
| 1107 | 634 return error; |
| 7 | 635 |
| 636 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 637 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL | |
| 638 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID | |
| 639 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] | |
| 640 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0) | |
| 641 { | |
| 642 foundFile = true; | |
| 643 break; | |
| 644 } | |
| 645 | |
| 646 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 647 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 648 else | |
| 649 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 650 | |
| 651 return error; | |
| 652 }; | |
| 653 | |
| 654 /* | |
| 655 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior | |
| 656 * | |
| 657 * Description | |
| 658 * ----------- | |
| 659 * | |
| 660 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to | |
| 661 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified. | |
| 662 * | |
| 663 * Parameters None. | |
| 664 * ---------- | |
| 665 * | |
| 666 * Event Reply | |
| 667 * ----------- | |
| 668 * The reply for this event is: | |
| 669 * | |
| 670 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required | |
| 671 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar | |
| 672 * | |
| 673 * Remarks | |
| 674 * ------- | |
| 675 * | |
| 676 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for | |
| 677 * each open file that has been modified. | |
| 678 * | |
| 679 */ | |
| 680 | |
| 681 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo; | |
| 682 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/ | |
| 683 { | |
| 684 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 685 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified | |
| 686 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused | |
| 687 }; | |
| 688 | |
| 9 | 689 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 690 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE( |
| 691 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 692 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 693 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 694 { |
| 695 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 696 AEDescList replyList; | |
| 697 long numFiles; | |
| 698 ModificationInfo theFile; | |
| 699 buf_T *buf; | |
| 700 | |
| 701 theFile.saved = 0; | |
| 702 | |
| 9 | 703 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 704 if (error) |
| 1107 | 705 return error; |
| 7 | 706 |
| 707 /* Send the reply */ | |
| 708 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull; | |
| 709 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/ | |
| 710 | |
| 711 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */ | |
| 712 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList); | |
| 713 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 714 return error; |
| 7 | 715 |
| 716 #if 0 | |
| 717 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 9 | 718 |
| 719 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc) | |
| 720 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType, | |
| 7 | 721 * sizeof(DescType)) |
| 722 */ | |
| 723 | |
| 724 /* AEPutDesc */ | |
| 725 #endif | |
| 726 | |
| 727 numFiles = 0; | |
| 728 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 729 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) | |
| 730 { | |
| 731 /* Add this file to the list */ | |
| 732 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 733 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 9 | 734 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */ |
| 735 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile)); | |
| 7 | 736 }; |
| 737 | |
| 738 #if 0 | |
| 739 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 740 #endif | |
| 741 | |
| 742 /* We can add data only if something to reply */ | |
| 9 | 743 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList); |
| 7 | 744 |
| 745 if (replyList.dataHandle) | |
| 746 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList); | |
| 747 | |
| 748 return error; | |
| 749 }; | |
| 750 | |
| 751 /* | |
| 752 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior | |
| 753 * | |
| 754 * Description | |
| 755 * ----------- | |
| 756 * | |
| 757 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs | |
| 758 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a | |
| 759 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to | |
| 760 * the source code contained in the file. | |
| 761 * | |
| 762 * Event Reply | |
| 763 * ----------- | |
| 764 * | |
| 765 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received. | |
| 766 * | |
| 767 * Remarks | |
| 768 * ------- | |
| 769 * | |
| 770 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle | |
| 771 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire | |
| 772 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in | |
| 773 * theText. | |
| 774 * | |
| 775 */ | |
| 776 | |
| 777 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText; | |
| 778 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 779 { | |
| 780 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */ | |
| 781 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */ | |
| 782 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */ | |
| 783 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */ | |
| 784 }; | |
| 785 | |
| 9 | 786 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 787 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE( |
| 788 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 789 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 790 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 791 { |
| 792 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 793 buf_T *buf; | |
| 794 int foundFile = false; | |
| 795 DescType typeCode; | |
| 796 CW_GetText GetTextData; | |
| 797 Size actualSize; | |
| 798 char_u *line; | |
| 799 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL; | |
| 800 long linesize; | |
| 801 long lineStart; | |
| 802 long BufferSize; | |
| 803 long lineno; | |
| 804 | |
| 805 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize); | |
| 806 | |
| 807 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 808 return error; |
| 7 | 809 |
| 810 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 811 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) | |
| 812 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID) | |
| 813 { | |
| 814 foundFile = true; | |
| 815 break; | |
| 816 } | |
| 817 | |
| 818 if (foundFile) | |
| 819 { | |
| 9 | 820 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */ |
| 7 | 821 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++) |
| 822 { | |
| 823 /* Must use the right buffer */ | |
| 824 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE); | |
| 825 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1; | |
| 826 lineStart = BufferSize; | |
| 827 BufferSize += linesize; | |
| 828 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */ | |
| 9 | 829 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize); |
| 830 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize) | |
| 7 | 831 { |
| 832 break; /* Simple handling for now */ | |
| 833 } | |
| 834 else | |
| 835 { | |
| 9 | 836 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 837 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText; |
| 9 | 838 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line); |
| 7 | 839 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r'; |
| 9 | 840 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 841 } |
| 842 } | |
| 843 if (fullbuffer != NULL) | |
| 844 { | |
| 9 | 845 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 846 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0; |
| 9 | 847 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 848 } |
| 849 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 850 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 851 else | |
| 9 | 852 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/ |
| 7 | 853 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; |
| 854 } | |
| 9 | 855 |
| 856 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); | |
| 1107 | 857 |
| 858 return error; | |
| 7 | 859 } |
| 860 | |
| 861 /* | |
| 862 * | |
| 863 */ | |
| 864 | |
| 865 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/ | |
| 593 | 866 pascal OSErr |
| 867 FindProcessBySignature( | |
| 868 const OSType targetType, | |
| 869 const OSType targetCreator, | |
| 870 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr) | |
| 7 | 871 { |
| 872 OSErr anErr = noErr; | |
| 873 Boolean lookingForProcess = true; | |
| 874 | |
| 875 ProcessInfoRec infoRec; | |
| 876 | |
| 9 | 877 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec); |
| 7 | 878 infoRec.processName = nil; |
| 879 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil; | |
| 880 | |
| 881 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 882 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 883 | |
| 9 | 884 while (lookingForProcess) |
| 7 | 885 { |
| 9 | 886 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr); |
| 887 if (anErr != noErr) | |
| 7 | 888 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 889 else | |
| 890 { | |
| 9 | 891 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec); |
| 892 if ((anErr == noErr) | |
| 893 && (infoRec.processType == targetType) | |
| 894 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator)) | |
| 7 | 895 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 896 } | |
| 897 } | |
| 898 | |
| 899 return anErr; | |
| 900 }//end FindProcessBySignature | |
| 901 | |
| 9 | 902 void |
| 903 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf) | |
| 7 | 904 { |
| 9 | 905 OSErr anErr = noErr; |
| 906 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 7 | 907 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess }; |
| 908 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 909 AESendMode sendMode; | |
| 910 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil }; | |
| 911 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil; | |
| 912 ModificationInfo ModData; | |
| 913 | |
| 914 | |
| 9 | 915 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn); |
| 916 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 917 { |
| 9 | 918 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn, |
| 919 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc); | |
| 920 | |
| 921 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 922 { |
| 923 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc, | |
| 924 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent); | |
| 925 } | |
| 926 | |
| 9 | 927 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc); |
| 7 | 928 |
| 929 /* Add the parms */ | |
| 930 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 931 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 932 | |
| 933 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 9 | 934 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData)); |
| 935 | |
| 936 if (idleProcUPP == nil) | |
| 7 | 937 sendMode = kAENoReply; |
| 938 else | |
| 939 sendMode = kAEWaitReply; | |
| 940 | |
| 9 | 941 if (anErr == noErr) |
| 942 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil); | |
| 943 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply) | |
| 7 | 944 { |
| 9 | 945 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/ |
| 7 | 946 } |
| 9 | 947 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply); |
| 7 | 948 } |
| 949 } | |
| 950 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */ | |
| 951 | |
| 952 /* | |
| 953 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 954 * Apple Event Handling procedure | |
| 955 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 956 */ | |
| 957 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 958 | |
| 959 /* | |
| 960 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent | |
| 961 */ | |
| 962 | |
| 9 | 963 OSErr |
| 964 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent) | |
| 7 | 965 { |
| 966 OSErr error; | |
| 967 long actualSize; | |
| 968 DescType dummyType; | |
| 969 AEKeyword missedKeyword; | |
| 970 | |
| 971 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */ | |
| 972 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, | |
| 973 typeKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 974 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword), | |
| 975 &actualSize); | |
| 976 | |
| 977 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */ | |
| 978 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 979 { | |
| 980 error = noErr; | |
| 981 } | |
| 982 else | |
| 983 { | |
| 984 #if 0 | |
| 985 /* Why is this removed? */ | |
| 986 error = errAEEventNotHandled; | |
| 987 #endif | |
| 988 } | |
| 989 | |
| 990 return error; | |
| 991 } | |
| 992 | |
| 993 | |
| 994 /* | |
| 995 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent | |
| 996 * | |
| 997 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon. | |
| 998 * | |
| 999 */ | |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange; | |
| 1002 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */ | |
| 1003 { | |
| 1004 short unused1; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1005 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range) | |
| 1006 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 1007 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 1008 long unused2; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1009 long theDate; // modification date/time | |
| 1010 }; | |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed- | |
| 1013 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text | |
| 1014 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in | |
| 1015 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll | |
| 1016 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and | |
| 1017 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified. | |
| 1018 */ | |
| 1019 | |
| 9 | 1020 pascal OSErr |
| 1021 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1022 { |
| 1023 /* | |
| 1024 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into | |
| 1025 * a ":args" | |
| 1026 */ | |
| 1027 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1028 // OSErr firstError = noErr; | |
| 1029 // short numErrors = 0; | |
| 1030 AEDesc theList; | |
| 1031 DescType typeCode; | |
| 1032 long numFiles; | |
| 1033 // long fileCount; | |
| 1034 char_u **fnames; | |
| 1035 // char_u fname[256]; | |
| 1036 Size actualSize; | |
| 1037 SelectionRange thePosition; | |
| 1038 short gotPosition = false; | |
| 1039 long lnum; | |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */ | |
| 1042 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList); | |
| 1043 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1044 return error; |
| 7 | 1045 |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize); | |
| 1048 if (error == noErr) | |
| 1049 gotPosition = true; | |
| 1050 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 1051 error = noErr; | |
| 1052 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1053 return error; |
| 7 | 1054 |
| 1055 /* | |
| 1056 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition); | |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 if (^error) then | |
| 1059 { | |
| 1060 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1061 { | |
| 1062 // Goto this line | |
| 1063 } | |
| 1064 else | |
| 1065 { | |
| 1066 // Set the range char wise | |
| 1067 } | |
| 1068 } | |
| 1069 */ | |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 1073 reset_VIsual(); | |
| 1074 #endif | |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 if (error) | |
| 1079 { | |
| 1080 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */ | |
| 1081 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 1082 return (error); | |
| 1083 } | |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 if (starting > 0) | |
| 1086 { | |
| 1087 int i; | |
| 1088 char_u *p; | |
| 1409 | 1089 int fnum = -1; |
| 7 | 1090 |
| 1091 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */ | |
| 1092 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++) | |
| 1093 { | |
| 1094 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL | |
| 1095 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL) | |
| 1096 mch_exit(2); | |
| 1097 else | |
| 1098 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2); | |
| 1409 | 1099 if (fnum == -1) |
| 1100 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum; | |
| 1101 } | |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch | |
| 1104 * to it. */ | |
| 1105 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum) | |
| 1106 { | |
| 1107 char_u cmd[30]; | |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum); | |
| 1110 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
| 7 | 1111 } |
| 816 | 1112 |
| 1113 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */ | |
| 1114 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])) == OK) | |
| 1115 shorten_fnames(TRUE); | |
| 1116 | |
| 7 | 1117 goto finished; |
| 1118 } | |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */ | |
| 1121 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE); | |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */ | |
| 1124 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition)) | |
| 1125 { | |
| 1126 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1127 { | |
| 37 | 1128 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1; |
| 7 | 1129 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE; |
| 1130 setpcmark();*/ | |
| 1131 if (lnum < 1L) | |
| 1132 lnum = 1L; | |
| 1133 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1134 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 1135 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 37 | 1136 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 1137 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/ |
| 1138 } | |
| 1139 else | |
| 1140 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1); | |
| 1141 } | |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 /* Update the screen display */ | |
| 1144 update_screen(NOT_VALID); | |
| 37 | 1145 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 1146 /* Select the text if possible */ | |
| 1147 if (gotPosition) | |
| 1148 { | |
| 168 | 1149 VIsual_active = TRUE; |
| 1150 VIsual_select = FALSE; | |
| 1151 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1152 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0) | |
| 37 | 1153 { |
| 168 | 1154 VIsual_mode = 'v'; |
| 1155 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange); | |
| 1156 } | |
| 1157 else | |
| 37 | 1158 { |
| 168 | 1159 VIsual_mode = 'V'; |
| 1160 VIsual.col = 0; | |
| 1161 } | |
| 37 | 1162 } |
| 1163 #endif | |
| 7 | 1164 setcursor(); |
| 1165 out_flush(); | |
| 1166 | |
| 37 | 1167 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ |
| 1168 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 1169 | |
| 1107 | 1170 finished: |
| 7 | 1171 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */ |
| 1172 | |
| 9 | 1173 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1174 return error; |
| 7 | 1175 } |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 /* | |
| 1178 * | |
| 1179 */ | |
| 1180 | |
| 9 | 1181 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1182 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE( |
| 1183 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1184 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1185 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1186 { |
| 1187 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1188 | |
| 9 | 1189 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1190 return error; |
| 7 | 1191 } |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 /* | |
| 1194 * | |
| 1195 */ | |
| 1196 | |
| 9 | 1197 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1198 Handle_aevt_quit_AE( |
| 1199 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1200 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1201 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1202 { |
| 1203 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1204 | |
| 9 | 1205 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 1206 if (error) |
| 1107 | 1207 return error; |
| 7 | 1208 |
| 1209 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */ | |
| 1210 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa"); | |
| 1211 | |
| 1107 | 1212 return error; |
| 7 | 1213 } |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 /* | |
| 1216 * | |
| 1217 */ | |
| 1218 | |
| 9 | 1219 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1220 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE( |
| 1221 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1222 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1223 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1224 { |
| 1225 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1226 | |
| 9 | 1227 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1228 |
| 1229 return error; | |
| 7 | 1230 } |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 /* | |
| 1233 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent | |
| 1234 * | |
| 1235 * (Just get rid of all the parms) | |
| 1236 */ | |
| 9 | 1237 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1238 Handle_unknown_AE( |
| 1239 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1240 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1241 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1242 { |
| 1243 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1244 | |
| 9 | 1245 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1246 |
| 1247 return error; | |
| 7 | 1248 } |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 /* | |
| 1252 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers | |
| 1253 */ | |
| 9 | 1254 OSErr |
| 1255 InstallAEHandlers(void) | |
| 7 | 1256 { |
| 1257 OSErr error; | |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 /* install open application handler */ | |
| 1260 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, | |
| 593 | 1261 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1262 if (error) |
| 1263 { | |
| 1264 return error; | |
| 1265 } | |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 /* install quit application handler */ | |
| 1268 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, | |
| 593 | 1269 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1270 if (error) |
| 1271 { | |
| 1272 return error; | |
| 1273 } | |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 /* install open document handler */ | |
| 1276 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1277 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1278 if (error) |
| 1279 { | |
| 1280 return error; | |
| 1281 } | |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 /* install print document handler */ | |
| 1284 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1285 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1286 |
| 1287 /* Install Core Suite */ | |
| 1288 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone, | |
| 593 | 1289 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1290 |
| 1291 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose, | |
| 593 | 1292 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1293 |
| 1294 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements, | |
| 593 | 1295 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1296 |
| 1297 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement, | |
| 593 | 1298 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1299 |
| 1300 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete, | |
| 593 | 1301 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1302 |
| 1303 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist, | |
| 593 | 1304 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1305 |
| 1306 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData, | |
| 593 | 1307 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false); |
| 7 | 1308 |
| 1309 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize, | |
| 593 | 1310 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false); |
| 7 | 1311 |
| 1312 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo, | |
| 593 | 1313 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1314 |
| 1315 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo, | |
| 593 | 1316 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1317 |
| 1318 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove, | |
| 593 | 1319 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1320 |
| 1321 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave, | |
| 593 | 1322 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1323 |
| 1324 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData, | |
| 593 | 1325 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1326 */ |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 1329 /* | |
| 1330 * Bind codewarrior support handlers | |
| 1331 */ | |
| 1332 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX', | |
| 593 | 1333 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1334 if (error) |
| 1335 { | |
| 1336 return error; | |
| 1337 } | |
| 1338 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH', | |
| 593 | 1339 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1340 if (error) |
| 1341 { | |
| 1342 return error; | |
| 1343 } | |
| 1344 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ', | |
| 593 | 1345 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1346 if (error) |
| 1347 { | |
| 1348 return error; | |
| 1349 } | |
| 1350 #endif | |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 return error; | |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 } | |
| 1355 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */ | |
| 1356 | |
| 13 | 1357 |
| 1358 /* | |
| 1359 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below, | |
| 1360 * to handle Font Panel events. | |
| 1361 */ | |
| 1362 static OSStatus | |
| 593 | 1363 FontPanelHandler( |
| 1364 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, | |
| 1365 EventRef inEvent, | |
| 1366 void *inUserData) | |
| 13 | 1367 { |
| 1368 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed) | |
| 1369 { | |
| 1370 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false; | |
| 1371 return noErr; | |
| 1372 } | |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection) | |
| 1375 { | |
| 1376 OSStatus status; | |
| 1377 FMFontFamily newFamily; | |
| 1378 FMFontSize newSize; | |
| 1379 FMFontStyle newStyle; | |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */ | |
| 1382 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily, | |
| 1383 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL, | |
| 1384 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL, | |
| 1385 &newFamily); | |
| 1386 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1387 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily; | |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 /* Retrieve the font size. */ | |
| 1390 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize, | |
| 1391 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize); | |
| 1392 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1393 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize; | |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */ | |
| 1396 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle, | |
| 1397 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle); | |
| 1398 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1399 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle; | |
| 1400 } | |
| 1401 return noErr; | |
| 1402 } | |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 static void | |
| 593 | 1406 InstallFontPanelHandler(void) |
| 13 | 1407 { |
| 1408 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2]; | |
| 1409 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP; | |
| 1410 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */ | |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1413 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection; | |
| 1414 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1415 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed; | |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler); | |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes, | |
| 1420 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL); | |
| 1421 } | |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 /* | |
| 1425 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size | |
| 1426 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel. | |
| 1427 */ | |
| 168 | 1428 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32 |
| 13 | 1429 static void |
| 501 | 1430 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName) |
| 13 | 1431 { |
| 168 | 1432 Str255 buf; |
| 1433 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0; | |
| 1434 ATSUFontID fid; | |
| 1435 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 13 | 1436 |
| 1437 if (!outName) | |
| 1438 return; | |
| 1439 | |
| 168 | 1440 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr) |
| 1441 { | |
| 1442 /* Canonicalize localized font names */ | |
| 1443 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family, | |
| 1444 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr) | |
| 1445 return; | |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could | |
| 1448 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */ | |
| 1449 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform, | |
| 1450 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 501 | 1451 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr) |
| 168 | 1452 return; |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is | |
| 1455 * already part of the font full name */ | |
| 501 | 1456 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d", |
| 168 | 1457 gFontPanelInfo.size/*, |
| 1458 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""), | |
| 1459 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""), | |
| 1460 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/); | |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255) | |
| 1463 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString); | |
| 1464 } | |
| 1465 else | |
| 1466 { | |
| 501 | 1467 *outName = NUL; |
| 168 | 1468 } |
| 13 | 1469 } |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 | |
| 7 | 1472 /* |
| 1473 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1474 * Unfiled yet | |
| 1475 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1476 */ | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 /* | |
| 1479 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index | |
| 1480 * | |
| 1481 * Returns the index inside the menu wher | |
| 1482 */ | |
| 2585 | 1483 short /* Should we return MenuItemIndex? */ |
| 593 | 1484 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1485 { |
| 1486 short index; | |
| 1487 short itemIndex = -1; | |
| 1488 vimmenu_T *pBrother; | |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1491 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1492 * -popup menu | |
| 1493 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1494 * | |
| 1495 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1496 */ | |
| 1497 if (pMenu->parent) | |
| 1498 { | |
| 1499 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */ | |
| 1500 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children; | |
| 1501 index = 1; | |
| 1502 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1)) | |
| 1503 { | |
| 1504 if (pBrother == pMenu) | |
| 1505 itemIndex = index; | |
| 1506 index++; | |
| 1507 pBrother = pBrother->next; | |
| 1508 } | |
| 1509 } | |
| 1510 return itemIndex; | |
| 1511 } | |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 static vimmenu_T * | |
| 593 | 1514 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1515 { |
| 1516 short index; | |
| 1517 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu; | |
| 1518 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent; | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1522 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1523 * -popup menu | |
| 1524 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1525 * | |
| 1526 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1527 */ | |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID)) | |
| 1530 { | |
| 1531 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++) | |
| 1532 pMenu = pMenu->next; | |
| 1533 } | |
| 1534 else | |
| 1535 { | |
| 1536 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next) | |
| 1537 { | |
| 1538 if (pMenu->children != NULL) | |
| 1539 { | |
| 1540 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu | |
| 1541 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children); | |
| 1542 if (pChildMenu) | |
| 1543 { | |
| 1544 pMenu = pChildMenu; | |
| 1545 break; | |
| 1546 } | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 } | |
| 1549 } | |
| 1550 return pMenu; | |
| 1551 } | |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 /* | |
| 1554 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1555 * MacOS Feedback procedures | |
| 1556 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1557 */ | |
| 1558 pascal | |
| 1559 void | |
| 9 | 1560 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1561 { |
| 1562 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 1563 int value, dragging; | |
| 1564 ControlHandle theControlToUse; | |
| 1565 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 theControlToUse = dragged_sb; | |
| 1568 | |
| 9 | 1569 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse)); |
| 7 | 1570 |
| 1571 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1572 return; | |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */ | |
| 9 | 1575 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse); |
| 7 | 1576 dragging = (partCode != 0); |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1579 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1580 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1581 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1582 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1583 } | |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 pascal | |
| 1586 void | |
| 9 | 1587 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1588 { |
| 1589 /* TODO: have live support */ | |
| 1590 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info; | |
| 1591 long data; | |
| 1592 long value; | |
| 1593 int page; | |
| 1594 int dragging = FALSE; | |
| 1595 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1596 | |
| 9 | 1597 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl)); |
| 7 | 1598 |
| 1599 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1600 return; | |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */ | |
| 1603 { | |
| 1604 /* | |
| 1605 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar | |
| 1606 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to | |
| 1607 * gui_drag_scrollbar(). | |
| 1608 */ | |
| 1609 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 if (sb_info->size > 5) | |
| 1612 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */ | |
| 1613 else | |
| 1614 page = sb_info->size; | |
| 1615 } | |
| 1616 else /* Bottom scrollbar */ | |
| 1617 { | |
| 1618 sb_info = sb; | |
| 1619 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5; | |
| 1620 } | |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 switch (partCode) | |
| 1623 { | |
| 1624 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break; | |
| 1625 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break; | |
| 1626 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break; | |
| 1627 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break; | |
| 1628 default: data = 0; break; | |
| 1629 } | |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 value = sb_info->value + data; | |
| 1632 /* if (value > sb_info->max) | |
| 1633 value = sb_info->max; | |
| 1634 else if (value < 0) | |
| 1635 value = 0;*/ | |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1638 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1639 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1640 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1641 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 out_flush(); | |
| 1644 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL) | |
| 1647 { | |
| 1648 win_T *wp; | |
| 1649 int sb_num; | |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 sb_num = 0; | |
| 1652 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp)) | |
| 1653 sb_num++; | |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 1656 { | |
| 1657 current_scrollbar = sb_num; | |
| 1658 scrollbar_value = value; | |
| 1659 gui_do_scroll(); | |
| 1660 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1661 } | |
| 1662 }*/ | |
| 1663 } | |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 /* | |
| 1666 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1667 * MacOS Click Handling procedures | |
| 1668 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1669 */ | |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | |
| 1672 /* | |
| 1673 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the | |
| 1674 * scrollbar or the contents. | |
| 1675 * | |
| 1676 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR | |
| 1677 */ | |
| 1678 void | |
| 593 | 1679 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1680 { |
| 1681 Point thePoint; | |
| 1682 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 1683 short thePortion; | |
| 1684 ControlHandle theControl; | |
| 1685 int vimMouseButton; | |
| 1686 short dblClick; | |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 1689 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 1690 SelectWindow(whichWindow); | |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl); | |
| 7 | 1693 |
| 1694 if (theControl != NUL) | |
| 1695 { | |
| 1696 /* We hit a scollbar */ | |
| 1697 | |
| 1698 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart) | |
| 1699 { | |
| 1700 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1701 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction); | |
| 1702 dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 1703 } | |
| 1704 else | |
| 1705 { | |
| 1706 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1707 #if 1 | |
| 1708 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag); | |
| 1709 #else | |
| 1710 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL); | |
| 1711 #endif | |
| 1712 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse | |
| 1713 * button has been released */ | |
| 9 | 1714 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 1715 dragged_sb = NULL; |
| 1716 } | |
| 1717 } | |
| 1718 else | |
| 1719 { | |
| 1720 /* We are inside the contents */ | |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */ | |
| 1723 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */ | |
| 1726 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */ | |
| 593 | 1729 /* TODO: NEEDED? */ |
| 7 | 1730 clickIsPopup = FALSE; |
| 1731 | |
| 1292 | 1732 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent)) |
| 1733 { | |
| 1734 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
| 1735 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 1736 clickIsPopup = TRUE; | |
| 1737 } | |
| 7 | 1738 |
| 1739 /* Is it a double click ? */ | |
| 1740 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime()); | |
| 1741 | |
| 593 | 1742 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */ |
| 7 | 1743 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h, |
| 1744 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers); | |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect | |
| 1747 * the mouse dragging | |
| 1748 */ | |
| 1749 #if 0 | |
| 1750 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu? | |
| 1751 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup? | |
| 1752 */ | |
| 1753 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT) | |
| 1754 #endif | |
| 1755 { | |
| 9 | 1756 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 1757 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 1758 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 1759 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 dragRectEnbl = TRUE; | |
| 1762 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 1763 } | |
| 1764 } | |
| 1765 } | |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 /* | |
| 1768 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window) | |
| 1769 */ | |
| 1770 void | |
| 593 | 1771 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1772 { |
| 1773 Rect movingLimits; | |
| 1774 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits; | |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */ | |
| 9 | 1777 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits); |
| 1778 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr); | |
| 7 | 1779 } |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 /* | |
| 1782 * Handle the click in the grow box | |
| 1783 */ | |
| 1784 void | |
| 593 | 1785 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1786 { |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 long newSize; | |
| 1789 unsigned short newWidth; | |
| 1790 unsigned short newHeight; | |
| 1791 Rect resizeLimits; | |
| 1792 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits; | |
| 1793 Rect NewContentRect; | |
| 1794 | |
| 9 | 1795 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits); |
| 7 | 1796 |
| 1212 | 1797 /* Set the minimum size */ |
| 7 | 1798 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */ |
| 1799 resizeLimits.top = 100; | |
| 1800 resizeLimits.left = 100; | |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect); | |
| 1803 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left; | |
| 1804 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top; | |
| 1805 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight); | |
| 1806 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1807 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1808 } |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 /* | |
| 1811 * Handle the click in the zoom box | |
| 1812 */ | |
| 1813 static void | |
| 593 | 1814 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1815 { |
| 1816 Rect r; | |
| 1817 Point p; | |
| 1818 short thePart; | |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 /* ideal width is current */ | |
| 1821 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1822 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 1823 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1824 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 1825 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 2585 | 1826 /* ideal height is as high as we can get */ |
| 7 | 1827 p.v = 15 * 1024; |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r) | |
| 1830 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut; | |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart)) | |
| 1833 return; | |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 /* use returned width */ | |
| 1836 p.h = r.right - r.left; | |
| 1837 /* adjust returned height */ | |
| 1838 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1839 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 1840 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height; | |
| 1841 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height; | |
| 1842 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 2869 | 1843 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
| 7 | 1844 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height; |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p); | |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 1849 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 1850 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1851 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1852 } |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 /* | |
| 1855 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1856 * MacOS Event Handling procedure | |
| 1857 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1858 */ | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 /* | |
| 1861 * Handle the Update Event | |
| 1862 */ | |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 void | |
| 593 | 1865 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1866 { |
| 1867 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1868 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 1869 RgnHandle updateRgn; | |
| 1870 Rect updateRect; | |
| 1871 Rect *updateRectPtr; | |
| 1872 Rect rc; | |
| 1873 Rect growRect; | |
| 1874 RgnHandle saveRgn; | |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 updateRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1878 if (updateRgn == NULL) | |
| 1879 return; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 /* This could be done by the caller as we | |
| 1882 * don't require anything else out of the event | |
| 1883 */ | |
| 1884 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 /* Save Current Port */ | |
| 9 | 1887 GetPort(&savePort); |
| 7 | 1888 |
| 1889 /* Select the Window's Port */ | |
| 9 | 1890 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1891 |
| 1892 /* Let's update the window */ | |
| 9 | 1893 BeginUpdate(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1894 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area |
| 1895 * to be updated. | |
| 1896 */ | |
| 1897 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn); | |
| 1898 # if 0 | |
| 1212 | 1899 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't |
| 7 | 1900 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany) |
| 1901 */ | |
| 1902 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn); | |
| 1903 # endif | |
| 593 | 1904 |
| 7 | 1905 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/ |
| 9 | 1906 HLock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 593 | 1907 |
| 9 | 1908 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect); |
| 7 | 1909 # if 0 |
| 1910 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion. | |
| 1911 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany) | |
| 1912 */ | |
| 1913 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */ | |
| 1914 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect)); | |
| 1915 # endif | |
| 1916 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */ | |
| 1917 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top, | |
| 1918 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left, | |
| 1919 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top); | |
| 1920 /* Clear the border areas if needed */ | |
| 1921 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 1922 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0)) | |
| 1923 { | |
| 9 | 1924 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 1925 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1926 } |
| 1927 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0)) | |
| 1928 { | |
| 9 | 1929 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0)); |
| 1930 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1931 } |
| 1932 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns)) | |
| 1933 { | |
| 9 | 1934 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0, |
| 7 | 1935 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 9 | 1936 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1937 } |
| 1938 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows)) | |
| 1939 { | |
| 9 | 1940 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, |
| 7 | 1941 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset); |
| 9 | 1942 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1943 } |
| 9 | 1944 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 1945 DisposeRgn(updateRgn); | |
| 7 | 1946 |
| 1947 /* Update scrollbars */ | |
| 9 | 1948 DrawControls(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1949 |
| 1950 /* Update the GrowBox */ | |
| 1951 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */ | |
| 1952 saveRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1953 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect); | |
| 9 | 1954 GetClip(saveRgn); |
| 1955 ClipRect(&growRect); | |
| 1956 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow); | |
| 1957 SetClip(saveRgn); | |
| 1958 DisposeRgn(saveRgn); | |
| 1959 EndUpdate(whichWindow); | |
| 7 | 1960 |
| 1961 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 1962 SetPort(savePort); |
| 7 | 1963 } |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 /* | |
| 1966 * Handle the activate/deactivate event | |
| 1967 * (apply to a window) | |
| 1968 */ | |
| 1969 void | |
| 593 | 1970 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1971 { |
| 1972 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1292 | 1975 /* Dim scrollbars */ |
| 1976 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow) | |
| 7 | 1977 { |
| 1562 | 1978 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 1979 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); | |
| 1980 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag) | |
| 1981 ActivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 1982 else | |
| 1983 DeactivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 7 | 1984 } |
| 1292 | 1985 |
| 1986 /* Activate */ | |
| 1987 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag); | |
| 7 | 1988 } |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 /* | |
| 1992 * Handle the suspend/resume event | |
| 1993 * (apply to the application) | |
| 1994 */ | |
| 1995 void | |
| 593 | 1996 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1997 { |
| 1998 /* The frontmost application just changed */ | |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate | |
| 2001 * seen on MacOS X | |
| 2002 */ | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 /* May not need to change focus as the window will | |
| 1212 | 2005 * get an activate/deactivate event |
| 7 | 2006 */ |
| 2007 if (event->message & 1) | |
| 2008 /* Resume */ | |
| 2009 gui_focus_change(TRUE); | |
| 2010 else | |
| 2011 /* Suspend */ | |
| 2012 gui_focus_change(FALSE); | |
| 2013 } | |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 /* | |
| 2016 * Handle the key | |
| 2017 */ | |
| 168 | 2018 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 2019 static pascal OSStatus |
| 2020 gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 2021 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2022 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2023 void *data) | |
| 2024 { | |
| 2025 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2026 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow) | |
| 2029 { | |
| 2030 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2031 { | |
| 2032 case kEventWindowActivated: | |
| 2033 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) | |
| 2034 im_on_window_switch(TRUE); | |
| 2035 #endif | |
| 2036 return noErr; | |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 case kEventWindowDeactivated: | |
| 2039 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) | |
| 2040 im_on_window_switch(FALSE); | |
| 2041 #endif | |
| 2042 return noErr; | |
| 2043 } | |
| 2044 } | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2047 } | |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2050 gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 2051 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2052 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2053 void *data) | |
| 2054 { | |
| 2055 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2056 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput) | |
| 2059 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) && | |
| 2062 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) && | |
| 2063 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) && | |
| 2064 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) && | |
| 2065 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind)) | |
| 2066 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2069 { | |
| 2070 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea: | |
| 2071 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2072 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent: | |
| 2073 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos: | |
| 2076 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset: | |
| 2077 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText: | |
| 2078 break; | |
| 2079 } | |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2082 } | |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 static pascal | |
| 2085 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 2086 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2087 EventRef theEvent) | |
| 2088 { | |
| 2089 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2090 } | |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the | |
| 2093 keys */ | |
| 857 | 2094 |
| 168 | 2095 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80 |
| 2096 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 1562 | 2097 gui_mac_unicode_key_event( |
| 593 | 2098 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, |
| 1562 | 2099 EventRef theEvent) |
| 168 | 2100 { |
| 2101 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */ | |
| 1012 | 2102 OSStatus err = -1; |
| 168 | 2103 UInt32 actualSize; |
| 2104 UniChar *text; | |
| 2105 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 2106 short len = 0; | |
| 2107 UInt32 key_sym; | |
| 2108 char charcode; | |
| 2109 int key_char; | |
| 1012 | 2110 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers; |
| 168 | 2111 size_t encLen; |
| 2112 char_u *to = NULL; | |
| 2113 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE; | |
| 2114 int i; | |
| 1562 | 2115 EventRef keyEvent; |
| 168 | 2116 |
| 2117 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2118 if (p_mh) | |
| 2119 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2120 | |
| 1012 | 2121 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */ |
| 2122 if (dialog_busy) | |
| 1562 | 2123 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2124 |
| 2125 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2126 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL)) |
| 2127 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 1012 | 2128 |
| 2129 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize); | |
| 2130 if (!text) | |
| 1562 | 2131 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2132 |
| 2133 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2134 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text); |
| 1012 | 2135 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent, | |
| 1562 | 2138 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent); |
| 1012 | 2139 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 1562 | 2142 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers); |
| 1012 | 2143 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode, | |
| 1562 | 2146 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym); |
| 1012 | 2147 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes, | |
| 1562 | 2150 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode); |
| 1012 | 2151 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2152 | |
| 168 | 2153 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY |
| 1012 | 2154 if (modifiers & cmdKey) |
| 1562 | 2155 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */ |
| 168 | 2156 #endif |
| 1012 | 2157 |
| 2158 key_char = charcode; | |
| 2159 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers); | |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */ | |
| 2162 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) && | |
| 1562 | 2163 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f))) |
| 2164 { | |
| 2165 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i) | |
| 2166 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2167 { | |
| 2168 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, | |
| 2169 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 2170 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, | |
| 2171 (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2172 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2173 break; | |
| 2174 } | |
| 168 | 2175 } |
| 1012 | 2176 |
| 2177 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */ | |
| 2178 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') || | |
| 1562 | 2179 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.')) |
| 2180 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 1012 | 2181 |
| 2182 if (!isSpecial) | |
| 2183 { | |
| 1562 | 2184 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g., |
| 2185 * '(' and '*' */ | |
| 2186 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char)) | |
| 2187 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */ | |
| 2190 if (key_char < 0x20) | |
| 2191 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 /* don't process unicode characters here */ | |
| 2194 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2195 { | |
| 2196 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers | |
| 2197 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */ | |
| 2198 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */ | |
| 2201 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2202 if (key_char == CSI) | |
| 2203 key_char = K_CSI; | |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2206 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2207 } | |
| 1012 | 2208 } |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 if (vimModifiers) | |
| 2211 { | |
| 1562 | 2212 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2213 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2214 result[len++] = vimModifiers; | |
| 1012 | 2215 } |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2218 { | |
| 1562 | 2219 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2220 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2221 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 1012 | 2222 } |
| 2223 else | |
| 2224 { | |
| 1562 | 2225 encLen = actualSize; |
| 2226 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen); | |
| 2227 if (to) | |
| 2228 { | |
| 2229 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */ | |
| 2230 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i) | |
| 2231 { | |
| 2232 result[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2233 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2234 { | |
| 2235 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2236 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 2237 } | |
| 2238 } | |
| 2239 vim_free(to); | |
| 2240 } | |
| 1012 | 2241 } |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 add_to_input_buf(result, len); | |
| 2244 err = noErr; | |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 done: | |
| 2247 vim_free(text); | |
| 2248 if (err == noErr) | |
| 2249 { | |
| 1562 | 2250 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get |
| 2251 * key repeat working */ | |
| 2252 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2253 return noErr; | |
| 1012 | 2254 } |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 168 | 2257 } |
| 2258 #else | |
| 7 | 2259 void |
| 2260 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) | |
| 2261 { | |
| 2262 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */ | |
| 2263 long menu; | |
| 2264 unsigned char string[20]; | |
| 2265 short num, i; | |
| 2266 short len = 0; | |
| 2267 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 2268 int key_char; | |
| 2269 int modifiers; | |
| 26 | 2270 int simplify = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2271 |
| 2272 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2273 if (p_mh) | |
| 2274 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */ | |
| 2277 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8); | |
| 2278 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask; | |
| 2279 num = 1; | |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 /* Intercept CTRL-C */ | |
| 2282 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey) | |
| 9 | 2283 { |
| 7 | 2284 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) |
| 2285 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 9 | 2286 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0 |
| 2287 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6')) | |
| 2288 { | |
| 2289 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */ | |
| 2290 if (key_char == '2') | |
| 2291 key_char = Ctrl_AT; | |
| 2292 else | |
| 2293 key_char = Ctrl_HAT; | |
| 2294 theEvent->modifiers = 0; | |
| 2295 } | |
| 2296 } | |
| 7 | 2297 |
| 2298 /* Intercept CMD-. */ | |
| 2299 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2300 if (key_char == '.') | |
| 2301 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 /* Handle command key as per menu */ | |
| 2304 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */ | |
| 2305 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2306 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button. | |
| 2307 * Why the mouse button? */ | |
| 2308 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0) | |
| 2309 { | |
| 2310 menu = MenuKey(key_char); | |
| 2311 if (HiWord(menu)) | |
| 2312 { | |
| 2313 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu); | |
| 2314 return; | |
| 2315 } | |
| 2316 } | |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 /* Convert the modifiers */ | |
| 2319 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 /* Handle special keys. */ | |
| 2323 #if 0 | |
| 26 | 2324 /* Why has this been removed? */ |
| 7 | 2325 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey))) |
| 2326 #endif | |
| 2327 { | |
| 2328 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */ | |
| 2329 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f)) | |
| 2330 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 2331 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2332 { | |
| 2333 # if 0 | |
| 2334 /* We currently don't have not so special key */ | |
| 2335 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL) | |
| 2336 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0; | |
| 2337 else | |
| 2338 # endif | |
| 9 | 2339 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, |
| 2340 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 26 | 2341 simplify = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2342 break; |
| 2343 } | |
| 2344 } | |
| 2345 | |
| 26 | 2346 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */ |
| 2347 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ') | |
| 2348 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers); | |
| 7 | 2349 |
| 2350 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */ | |
| 2351 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */ | |
| 2352 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char) | |
| 2353 && key_sym != vk_Space | |
| 2354 && key_sym != vk_Tab | |
| 2355 && key_sym != vk_Return | |
| 2356 && key_sym != vk_Enter | |
| 2357 && key_sym != vk_Esc) | |
| 2358 { | |
| 2359 #if 1 | |
| 2360 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */ | |
| 9 | 2361 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 2362 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2363 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 7 | 2364 modifiers = 0; |
| 2365 #else | |
| 9 | 2366 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) |
| 7 | 2367 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; |
| 9 | 2368 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) |
| 7 | 2369 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT; |
| 9 | 2370 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 7 | 2371 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; |
| 2372 #endif | |
| 2373 } | |
| 9 | 2374 if (modifiers) |
| 7 | 2375 { |
| 9 | 2376 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2377 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2378 string[len++] = modifiers; | |
| 7 | 2379 } |
| 2380 | |
| 9 | 2381 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) |
| 7 | 2382 { |
| 9 | 2383 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2384 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2385 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 7 | 2386 } |
| 2387 else | |
| 2388 { | |
| 2389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9 | 2390 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1). |
| 2391 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */ | |
| 2392 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0) | |
| 7 | 2393 { |
| 2394 char_u from[2], *to; | |
| 2395 int l; | |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 from[0] = key_char; | |
| 2398 from[1] = NUL; | |
| 2399 l = 1; | |
| 2400 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l); | |
| 2401 if (to != NULL) | |
| 2402 { | |
| 2403 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++) | |
| 2404 { | |
| 2405 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2406 { | |
| 2407 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2408 string[len++] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2409 } | |
| 2410 else | |
| 2411 string[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2412 } | |
| 2413 vim_free(to); | |
| 2414 } | |
| 2415 else | |
| 2416 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2417 } | |
| 2418 else | |
| 2419 #endif | |
| 2420 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2421 } | |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI) | |
| 2424 { | |
| 2425 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */ | |
| 2426 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2427 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2428 } | |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 add_to_input_buf(string, len); | |
| 2431 } | |
| 168 | 2432 #endif |
| 7 | 2433 |
| 2434 /* | |
| 2435 * Handle MouseClick | |
| 2436 */ | |
| 2437 void | |
| 593 | 2438 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2439 { |
| 2440 short thePart; | |
| 2441 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 2442 | |
| 9 | 2443 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2444 |
| 1106 | 2445 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 2446 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a | |
| 2447 click into the tab pane */ | |
| 2448 if (whichWindow == drawer) | |
| 1562 | 2449 return; |
| 1106 | 2450 #endif |
| 2451 | |
| 7 | 2452 switch (thePart) |
| 2453 { | |
| 2454 case (inDesk): | |
| 2455 /* TODO: what to do? */ | |
| 2456 break; | |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 case (inMenuBar): | |
| 9 | 2459 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where)); |
| 7 | 2460 break; |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 case (inContent): | |
| 9 | 2463 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2464 break; |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 case (inDrag): | |
| 9 | 2467 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2468 break; |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 case (inGrow): | |
| 9 | 2471 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2472 break; |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 case (inGoAway): | |
| 2475 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where)) | |
| 2476 gui_shell_closed(); | |
| 2477 break; | |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 case (inZoomIn): | |
| 2480 case (inZoomOut): | |
| 2481 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow); | |
| 2482 break; | |
| 2483 } | |
| 2484 } | |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 /* | |
| 2487 * Handle MouseMoved | |
| 2488 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region] | |
| 2489 */ | |
| 2490 void | |
| 593 | 2491 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2492 { |
| 2493 Point thePoint; | |
| 2494 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 thePoint = event->where; | |
| 9 | 2497 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2498 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers); |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 if (!Button()) | |
| 9 | 2501 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v); |
| 7 | 2502 else |
| 2503 if (!clickIsPopup) | |
| 2504 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h, | |
| 2505 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); | |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */ | |
| 9 | 2508 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 2509 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 2510 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 2511 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 if (dragRectEnbl) | |
| 2514 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 } | |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 /* | |
| 2519 * Handle the mouse release | |
| 2520 */ | |
| 2521 void | |
| 593 | 2522 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2523 { |
| 2524 Point thePoint; | |
| 2525 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */ | |
| 2528 /* Potential source of the double menu */ | |
| 2529 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when; | |
| 2530 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2531 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2532 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 2533 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2534 |
| 2535 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2536 if (clickIsPopup) | |
| 2537 { | |
| 2538 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2539 clickIsPopup = FALSE; | |
| 2540 } | |
| 9 | 2541 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); |
| 7 | 2542 } |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2545 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2546 void *data) | |
| 2547 { | |
| 2548 Point point; | |
| 2549 Rect bounds; | |
| 2550 UInt32 mod; | |
| 2551 SInt32 delta; | |
| 2552 int_u vim_mod; | |
| 939 | 2553 EventMouseWheelAxis axis; |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis, | |
| 2556 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis) | |
| 2557 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY) | |
| 2558 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */ | |
| 7 | 2559 |
| 2560 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, | |
| 2561 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta)) | |
| 2562 goto bail; | |
| 2563 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation, | |
| 2564 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point)) | |
| 2565 goto bail; | |
| 2566 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 2567 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod)) | |
| 2568 goto bail; | |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 vim_mod = 0; | |
| 2571 if (mod & shiftKey) | |
| 2572 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 2573 if (mod & controlKey) | |
| 2574 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2575 if (mod & optionKey) | |
| 2576 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds)) | |
| 2579 { | |
| 2580 point.h -= bounds.left; | |
| 2581 point.v -= bounds.top; | |
| 2582 } | |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5, | |
| 2585 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod); | |
| 2586 | |
| 1668 | 2587 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */ |
| 2588 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2589 | |
| 7 | 2590 return noErr; |
| 2591 | |
| 1107 | 2592 bail: |
| 7 | 2593 /* |
| 2594 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform | |
| 2595 * it's actions | |
| 2596 */ | |
| 2597 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2598 } | |
| 2599 | |
|
2565
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2600 void |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2601 gui_mch_mousehide(int hide) |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2602 { |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2603 /* TODO */ |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2604 } |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2605 |
| 7 | 2606 #if 0 |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 /* | |
| 2609 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu | |
| 2610 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get | |
| 2611 * the menu that we should display | |
| 2612 */ | |
| 2613 void | |
| 2614 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event) | |
| 2615 EventRecord *event; | |
| 2616 { | |
| 2617 /* | |
| 2618 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 2619 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 2620 * Call the procedure | |
| 2621 */ | |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 // Call to Handle Popup | |
| 2624 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); | |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 if (status != noErr) | |
| 2627 return; | |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 2630 { | |
| 2631 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 2632 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 2633 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */ | |
| 9 | 2634 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 2635 } |
| 2636 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 2637 { | |
| 2638 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 2639 } | |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 } | |
| 2642 #endif | |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 /* | |
| 2645 * Handle menubar selection | |
| 2646 */ | |
| 2647 void | |
| 593 | 2648 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice) |
| 7 | 2649 { |
| 2650 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2651 short item = LoWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2652 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu; | |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */ | |
| 2655 { | |
| 2656 if (item == 1) | |
| 2657 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */ | |
| 2658 } | |
| 2659 else if (item != 0) | |
| 2660 { | |
| 2661 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu); | |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 if (theVimMenu) | |
| 2664 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu); | |
| 2665 } | |
| 9 | 2666 HiliteMenu(0); |
| 7 | 2667 } |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 /* | |
| 2670 * Dispatch the event to proper handler | |
| 2671 */ | |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 void | |
| 593 | 2674 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2675 { |
| 2676 OSErr error; | |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */ | |
| 1292 | 2679 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event)) |
| 2680 { | |
| 7 | 2681 # if 0 |
| 1562 | 2682 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event); |
| 7 | 2683 # else |
| 1562 | 2684 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2685 # endif |
| 1562 | 2686 return; |
| 1292 | 2687 } |
| 7 | 2688 |
| 2689 /* Handle normal event */ | |
| 2690 switch (event->what) | |
| 2691 { | |
| 168 | 2692 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 7 | 2693 case (keyDown): |
| 2694 case (autoKey): | |
| 9 | 2695 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2696 break; |
| 168 | 2697 #endif |
| 7 | 2698 case (keyUp): |
| 857 | 2699 /* We don't care about when the key is released */ |
| 7 | 2700 break; |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 case (mouseDown): | |
| 2703 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); | |
| 2704 break; | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 case (mouseUp): | |
| 2707 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event); | |
| 2708 break; | |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 case (updateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2711 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2712 break; |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 case (diskEvt): | |
| 2715 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */ | |
| 2716 break; | |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 case (activateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2719 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2720 break; |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 case (osEvt): | |
| 2723 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF) | |
| 2724 { | |
| 2725 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2726 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2727 break; |
| 2728 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2729 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2730 break; |
| 2731 } | |
| 2732 break; | |
| 2733 | |
| 2734 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2735 case (kHighLevelEvent): | |
| 2736 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */ | |
| 2737 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */ | |
| 2738 break; | |
| 2739 #endif | |
| 2740 } | |
| 2741 } | |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 /* | |
| 2744 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2745 * Unknown Stuff | |
| 2746 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2747 */ | |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 2751 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name) |
| 7 | 2752 { |
| 2753 char_u c; | |
| 2754 char_u *p; | |
| 2755 char_u pFontName[256]; | |
| 2756 Str255 systemFontname; | |
| 2757 short font_id; | |
| 2758 short size=9; | |
| 2759 GuiFont font; | |
| 2760 #if 0 | |
| 2761 char_u *fontNamePtr; | |
| 2762 #endif | |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++) | |
| 2765 ; | |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 c = *p; | |
| 2768 *p = 0; | |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 #if 1 | |
| 2771 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name); | |
| 2772 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name); | |
| 2773 *p = c; | |
| 2774 | |
| 168 | 2775 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */ |
| 2776 char_u fontName[256]; | |
| 2777 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':'); | |
| 2778 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName); | |
| 2779 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen); | |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 ATSUFontID fontRef; | |
| 2782 FMFontStyle fontStyle; | |
| 2783 font_id = 0; | |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName, | |
| 2786 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 2787 &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2788 { | |
| 2789 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2790 font_id = 0; | |
| 2791 } | |
| 13 | 2792 |
| 2793 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2794 { | |
| 2795 /* | |
| 2796 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name | |
| 2797 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used | |
| 2798 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't). | |
| 2799 */ | |
| 2800 int i, changed = FALSE; | |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i) | |
| 2803 { | |
| 2804 if (pFontName[i] == '_') | |
| 2805 { | |
| 2806 pFontName[i] = ' '; | |
| 2807 changed = TRUE; | |
| 2808 } | |
| 2809 } | |
| 2810 if (changed) | |
| 168 | 2811 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], |
| 2812 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode, | |
| 2813 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2814 { | |
| 2815 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2816 font_id = 0; | |
| 2817 } | |
| 13 | 2818 } |
| 2819 | |
| 7 | 2820 #else |
| 2821 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */ | |
| 2822 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name); | |
| 2823 | |
| 9 | 2824 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id); |
| 7 | 2825 #endif |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2829 { | |
| 2830 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */ | |
| 2831 | |
| 168 | 2832 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr) |
| 2833 return NOFONT; | |
| 7 | 2834 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false)) |
| 2835 return NOFONT; | |
| 2836 } | |
| 2837 if (*p == ':') | |
| 2838 { | |
| 2839 p++; | |
| 2840 /* Set the values found after ':' */ | |
| 2841 while (*p) | |
| 2842 { | |
| 2843 switch (*p++) | |
| 2844 { | |
| 2845 case 'h': | |
| 2846 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE); | |
| 2847 break; | |
| 2848 /* | |
| 2849 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles | |
| 2850 */ | |
| 2851 } | |
| 2852 while (*p == ':') | |
| 2853 p++; | |
| 2854 } | |
| 2855 } | |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 if (size < 1) | |
| 2858 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */ | |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); | |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 return font; | |
| 2863 } | |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 /* | |
| 2866 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1212 | 2867 * GUI_MCH functionality |
| 7 | 2868 * ------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 2869 */ | |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 /* | |
| 2872 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are | |
| 2873 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called | |
| 2874 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started. | |
| 2875 */ | |
| 2876 void | |
| 593 | 2877 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv) |
| 7 | 2878 { |
| 2879 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 2880 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2881 FSSpec applDir; | |
| 2882 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 2883 short applVRefNum; | |
| 2884 long applDirID; | |
| 2885 Str255 volName; | |
| 2886 # else | |
| 2887 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 2888 FSRef applFSRef; | |
| 2889 # endif | |
| 2890 #endif | |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 #if 0 | |
| 2893 InitCursor(); | |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2898 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 2899 #endif | |
| 2900 | |
| 9 | 2901 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 2906 |
| 2907 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 2911 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 2912 #else |
| 9 | 2913 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 2914 #endif |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass, | |
| 2918 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute, | |
| 9 | 2919 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow); |
| 2920 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 7 | 2921 |
| 2922 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 2923 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 2924 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 2925 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 2926 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 2927 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 2928 | |
| 9 | 2929 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 2930 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 7 | 2931 |
| 2932 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2933 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 2934 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2935 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 2936 #endif | |
| 2937 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2938 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 9 | 2939 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID); |
| 7 | 2940 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */ |
| 9 | 2941 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir); |
| 7 | 2942 # else |
| 2943 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr) | |
| 2944 * of TN2015 | |
| 2945 */ | |
| 9 | 2946 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn); |
| 7 | 2947 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2948 | |
| 9 | 2949 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef); |
| 7 | 2950 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2951 | |
| 9 | 2952 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL); |
| 7 | 2953 |
| 2954 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */ | |
| 2955 # endif | |
| 9 | 2956 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir); |
| 7 | 2957 #endif |
| 2958 } | |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI | |
| 2961 /* | |
| 2962 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced. | |
| 2963 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 2964 */ | |
| 2965 int | |
| 2966 gui_mch_init_check(void) | |
| 2967 { | |
| 2968 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in | |
| 2969 * using the >console | |
| 2970 */ | |
| 2971 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */ | |
| 2972 return FAIL; | |
| 2973 return OK; | |
| 2974 } | |
| 2975 #endif | |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 static OSErr | |
| 1107 | 2978 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag) |
| 7 | 2979 { |
| 2980 int x, y; | |
| 2981 int_u modifiers; | |
| 2982 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 2983 int count; | |
| 2984 int i, j; | |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */ | |
| 2987 { | |
| 2988 Point point; | |
| 2989 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers; | |
| 2990 UInt16 countItem; | |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL); | |
| 2993 GlobalToLocal(&point); | |
| 2994 x = point.h; | |
| 2995 y = point.v; | |
| 2996 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2997 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2998 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem); | |
| 2999 count = countItem; | |
| 3000 } | |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 3003 if (fnames == NULL) | |
| 3004 return dragNotAcceptedErr; | |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 /* Get file names dropped */ | |
| 3007 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 3008 { | |
| 3009 DragItemRef item; | |
| 3010 OSErr err; | |
| 3011 Size size; | |
| 3012 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS; | |
| 3013 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor; | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 fnames[i] = NULL; | |
| 3016 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item); | |
| 3017 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size); | |
| 3018 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor)) | |
| 3019 continue; | |
| 3020 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0); | |
| 3021 if (err != noErr) | |
| 3022 continue; | |
| 3023 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec); | |
| 3024 } | |
| 3025 count = j; | |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count); | |
| 37 | 3028 |
| 3029 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ | |
| 3030 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 3031 | |
| 7 | 3032 return noErr; |
| 3033 } | |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 /* | |
| 3036 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs | |
| 3037 * etc. | |
| 3038 */ | |
| 3039 int | |
| 593 | 3040 gui_mch_init(void) |
| 7 | 3041 { |
| 3042 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 1565 | 3043 Rect windRect; |
| 3044 MenuHandle pomme; | |
| 7 | 3045 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef; |
| 1562 | 3046 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec; |
| 1565 | 3047 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 168 | 3048 |
| 3049 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr) | |
| 593 | 3050 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */ |
| 168 | 3051 |
| 7 | 3052 #if 1 |
| 3053 InitCursor(); | |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 3058 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 3059 #endif | |
| 3060 | |
| 9 | 3061 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 3066 |
| 3067 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 3071 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 3072 #else |
| 9 | 3073 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 3074 #endif |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, | |
| 3077 zoomDocProc, | |
| 3078 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0); | |
| 1292 | 3079 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); |
| 7 | 3080 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler, |
| 3081 gui.VimWindow, NULL); | |
| 9 | 3082 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 3083 |
| 3084 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 3085 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 3086 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 3087 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 3088 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 3089 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 3090 | |
| 9 | 3091 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 3092 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 593 | 3093 |
| 13 | 3094 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */ |
| 3095 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler(); | |
| 7 | 3096 |
| 3097 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 3098 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 3099 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 3100 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 3101 #endif | |
| 3102 /* Display any pending error messages */ | |
| 3103 display_errors(); | |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */ | |
| 1212 | 3106 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */ |
| 7 | 3107 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000; |
| 3108 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF; | |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc | |
| 3111 * file). */ | |
| 3112 set_normal_colors(); | |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 /* | |
| 3115 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color. | |
| 3116 * Then store the current values as the defaults. | |
| 3117 */ | |
| 3118 gui_check_colors(); | |
| 3119 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 3120 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have | |
| 3123 * changed them) */ | |
| 3124 highlight_gui_started(); | |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 /* | |
| 3127 * Setting the gui constants | |
| 3128 */ | |
| 3129 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3130 gui.menu_height = 0; | |
| 3131 #endif | |
| 3132 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */ | |
| 3133 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2; | |
| 3134 | |
| 1212 | 3135 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see |
| 7 | 3136 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */ |
| 3137 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1"); | |
| 593 | 3138 |
| 7 | 3139 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse; |
| 3140 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved; | |
| 3141 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel); | |
| 3142 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1, | |
| 3143 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef)) | |
| 3144 { | |
| 3145 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL; | |
| 3146 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3147 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3148 } | |
| 3149 | |
| 168 | 3150 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 3151 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument }; |
| 3152 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0); | |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */ | |
| 3155 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE); | |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 /* Should we activate the document by default? */ | |
| 3158 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3161 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea }, | |
| 3162 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent }, | |
| 3163 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset }, | |
| 3164 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos }, | |
| 3165 }; | |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input); | |
| 3168 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3169 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes), | |
| 3170 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3171 { | |
| 168 | 3172 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); |
| 3173 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3174 } | |
| 1562 | 3175 |
| 3176 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3177 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated }, | |
| 3178 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated }, | |
| 3179 }; | |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and | |
| 3182 * deactivate */ | |
| 3183 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate); | |
| 3184 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow, | |
| 3185 winEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3186 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes), | |
| 3187 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3188 { | |
| 3189 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3190 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3191 } | |
| 168 | 3192 #endif |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 /* | |
| 7 | 3195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 168 | 3196 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0); |
| 3197 #endif | |
| 3198 */ | |
| 7 | 3199 |
| 1106 | 3200 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 3201 /* | |
| 3202 * Create the tabline | |
| 3203 */ | |
| 3204 initialise_tabline(); | |
| 3205 #endif | |
| 3206 | |
| 7 | 3207 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */ |
| 3208 return OK; | |
| 3209 } | |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 /* | |
| 3212 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed. | |
| 3213 */ | |
| 3214 void | |
| 593 | 3215 gui_mch_new_colors(void) |
| 7 | 3216 { |
| 3217 /* TODO: | |
| 3218 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value | |
| 3219 * so what msut be done? I don't know | |
| 3220 */ | |
| 3221 } | |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 /* | |
| 3224 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init(). | |
| 3225 */ | |
| 3226 int | |
| 593 | 3227 gui_mch_open(void) |
| 7 | 3228 { |
| 3229 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1) | |
| 3232 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
| 3233 | |
| 3234 /* | |
| 3235 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched | |
| 3236 * from the Terminal or via :gui). | |
| 3237 */ | |
| 3238 { | |
| 3239 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 3240 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr) | |
| 3241 SetFrontProcess(&psn); | |
| 3242 } | |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 return OK; | |
| 3245 } | |
| 3246 | |
| 1562 | 3247 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3248 static void | |
| 3249 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3250 { | |
| 3251 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) | |
| 3252 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3253 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3254 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle) | |
| 3255 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3256 #endif | |
| 3257 } | |
| 3258 #endif | |
| 3259 | |
| 7 | 3260 void |
| 3261 gui_mch_exit(int rc) | |
| 3262 { | |
| 3263 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */ | |
| 3264 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn); | |
| 3265 | |
| 168 | 3266 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 3267 if (keyEventHandlerUPP) | |
| 3268 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3269 #endif | |
| 3270 | |
| 7 | 3271 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL) |
| 3272 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3273 | |
| 168 | 3274 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3275 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); |
| 3276 #endif | |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 3279 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3280 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3281 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 168 | 3282 #endif |
| 3283 | |
| 7 | 3284 /* Exit to shell? */ |
| 3285 exit(rc); | |
| 3286 } | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 /* | |
| 3289 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window. | |
| 3290 */ | |
| 3291 int | |
| 3292 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y) | |
| 3293 { | |
| 3294 /* TODO */ | |
| 3295 Rect bounds; | |
| 3296 OSStatus status; | |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */ | |
| 9 | 3299 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds); |
| 7 | 3300 |
| 3301 if (status != noErr) | |
| 3302 return FAIL; | |
| 3303 *x = bounds.left; | |
| 3304 *y = bounds.top; | |
| 3305 return OK; | |
| 3306 return FAIL; | |
| 3307 } | |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 /* | |
| 3310 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given | |
| 3311 * coordinates. | |
| 3312 */ | |
| 3313 void | |
| 3314 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y) | |
| 3315 { | |
| 3316 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range | |
| 3317 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width | |
| 3318 */ | |
| 1377 | 3319 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y); |
| 7 | 3320 } |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 void | |
| 3323 gui_mch_set_shellsize( | |
| 3324 int width, | |
| 3325 int height, | |
| 3326 int min_width, | |
| 3327 int min_height, | |
| 3328 int base_width, | |
| 812 | 3329 int base_height, |
| 3330 int direction) | |
| 7 | 3331 { |
| 3332 CGrafPtr VimPort; | |
| 3333 Rect VimBound; | |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 3336 { | |
| 9 | 3337 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3338 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3339 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/ |
| 9 | 3340 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3341 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/ |
| 3342 } | |
| 3343 else | |
| 3344 { | |
| 9 | 3345 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3346 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3347 VimBound.left = 0; |
| 9 | 3348 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3349 } |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE); | |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 gui_resize_shell(width, height); | |
| 3354 } | |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 /* | |
| 3357 * Get the screen dimensions. | |
| 3358 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders. | |
| 3359 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are? | |
| 1212 | 3360 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume. |
| 7 | 3361 */ |
| 3362 void | |
| 593 | 3363 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h) |
| 7 | 3364 { |
| 3365 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice(); | |
| 3366 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect; | |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10; | |
| 3369 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40; | |
| 3370 } | |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 | |
| 13 | 3373 /* |
| 3374 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and | |
| 3375 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with | |
| 3376 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle, | |
| 3377 * or NOFONT in case of an error. | |
| 3378 */ | |
| 3379 static GuiFont | |
| 3380 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name) | |
| 3381 { | |
| 3382 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT; | |
| 3383 OSStatus status; | |
| 3384 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font; | |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */ | |
| 3387 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3388 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16); | |
| 3389 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */ | |
| 3390 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0; | |
| 3391 curr_font.hasColor = false; | |
| 3392 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */ | |
| 3393 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType, | |
| 3394 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL); | |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily; | |
| 3397 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle; | |
| 3398 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size; | |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */ | |
| 3401 status = FPShowHideFontPanel(); | |
| 3402 if (status == noErr) | |
| 3403 { | |
| 3404 /* | |
| 3405 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal, | |
| 3406 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed. | |
| 3407 */ | |
| 3408 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true; | |
| 3409 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible) | |
| 3410 { | |
| 3411 EventRecord e; | |
| 3412 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL); | |
| 3413 } | |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name); | |
| 3416 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); | |
| 3417 } | |
| 3418 return selected_font; | |
| 3419 } | |
| 3420 | |
| 1562 | 3421 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3422 static void | |
| 3423 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3424 { | |
| 3425 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3426 { | |
| 3427 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3428 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3429 } | |
| 3430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3431 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3432 { | |
| 3433 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3434 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3435 } | |
| 3436 #endif | |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui; | |
| 3439 } | |
| 3440 #endif | |
| 7 | 3441 |
| 3442 /* | |
| 3443 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font | |
| 3444 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise. | |
| 3445 */ | |
| 3446 int | |
| 593 | 3447 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset) |
| 7 | 3448 { |
| 3449 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */ | |
| 3450 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco"; | |
| 170 | 3451 int suggestedSize = 10; |
| 7 | 3452 FontInfo font_info; |
| 3453 short font_id; | |
| 3454 GuiFont font; | |
| 37 | 3455 char_u used_font_name[512]; |
| 7 | 3456 |
| 168 | 3457 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3458 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); |
| 168 | 3459 #endif |
| 3460 | |
| 7 | 3461 if (font_name == NULL) |
| 3462 { | |
| 3463 /* First try to get the suggested font */ | |
| 3464 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id); | |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 3467 { | |
| 3468 /* Then pickup the standard application font */ | |
| 3469 font_id = GetAppFont(); | |
| 37 | 3470 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default"); |
| 7 | 3471 } |
| 37 | 3472 else |
| 3473 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco"); | |
| 7 | 3474 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); |
| 3475 } | |
| 13 | 3476 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0) |
| 3477 { | |
| 37 | 3478 char_u *new_p_guifont; |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name); | |
| 13 | 3481 if (font == NOFONT) |
| 3482 return FAIL; | |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */ | |
| 37 | 3485 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1); |
| 13 | 3486 if (new_p_guifont != NULL) |
| 3487 { | |
| 37 | 3488 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name); |
| 13 | 3489 vim_free(p_guifont); |
| 3490 p_guifont = new_p_guifont; | |
| 3491 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */ | |
| 3492 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont) | |
| 3493 { | |
| 3494 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ') | |
| 3495 *new_p_guifont = '_'; | |
| 3496 } | |
| 3497 } | |
| 3498 } | |
| 7 | 3499 else |
| 3500 { | |
| 9 | 3501 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); |
| 418 | 3502 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1); |
| 7 | 3503 |
| 3504 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3505 return FAIL; | |
| 3506 } | |
| 37 | 3507 |
| 7 | 3508 gui.norm_font = font; |
| 3509 | |
| 37 | 3510 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name); |
| 3511 | |
| 9 | 3512 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3513 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3514 | |
| 189 | 3515 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent; | |
| 3518 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_'); | |
| 3519 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; | |
| 3520 | |
| 168 | 3521 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 842 | 3522 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 1562 | 3523 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3524 #endif |
| 3525 | |
| 7 | 3526 return OK; |
| 3527 } | |
| 3528 | |
| 444 | 3529 /* |
| 3530 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed). | |
| 3531 */ | |
| 7 | 3532 int |
| 593 | 3533 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void) |
| 7 | 3534 { |
| 3535 FontInfo font_info; | |
| 3536 | |
| 9 | 3537 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 7 | 3538 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; |
| 3539 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2; | |
| 3540 return OK; | |
| 3541 } | |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 /* | |
| 3544 * Get a font structure for highlighting. | |
| 3545 */ | |
| 3546 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 3547 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing) |
| 7 | 3548 { |
| 3549 GuiFont font; | |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 font = gui_mac_find_font(name); | |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3554 { | |
| 3555 if (giveErrorIfMissing) | |
| 3556 EMSG2(_(e_font), name); | |
| 3557 return NOFONT; | |
| 3558 } | |
| 3559 /* | |
| 3560 * TODO : Accept only monospace | |
| 3561 */ | |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 return font; | |
| 3564 } | |
| 3565 | |
| 44 | 3566 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3567 /* |
| 37 | 3568 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory. |
| 3569 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name. | |
| 3570 */ | |
| 3571 char_u * | |
| 593 | 3572 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name) |
| 37 | 3573 { |
| 3574 if (name == NULL) | |
| 3575 return NULL; | |
| 3576 return vim_strsave(name); | |
| 3577 } | |
| 44 | 3578 #endif |
| 37 | 3579 |
| 1562 | 3580 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3581 static void | |
| 3582 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font) | |
| 3583 { | |
| 3584 ATSUFontID fontID; | |
| 3585 Fixed fontSize; | |
| 3586 Fixed fontWidth; | |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 fontID = font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3589 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16); | |
| 3590 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width); | |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = | |
| 3593 { | |
| 3594 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag, | |
| 3595 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1 | |
| 3596 }; | |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 ByteCount attribSizes[] = | |
| 3599 { | |
| 3600 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth), | |
| 3601 sizeof(font) | |
| 3602 }; | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = | |
| 3605 { | |
| 3606 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font | |
| 3607 }; | |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3610 { | |
| 3611 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, | |
| 3612 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3613 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3614 { | |
| 3615 # ifndef NDEBUG | |
| 3616 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n"); | |
| 3617 # endif | |
| 3618 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3619 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3620 } | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3623 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3624 { | |
| 3625 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support | |
| 3626 * wide font drawing */ | |
| 3627 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2); | |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, | |
| 3630 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3631 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3632 { | |
| 3633 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3634 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3635 } | |
| 3636 } | |
| 3637 #endif | |
| 3638 } | |
| 3639 } | |
| 3640 #endif | |
| 3641 | |
| 37 | 3642 /* |
| 7 | 3643 * Set the current text font. |
| 3644 */ | |
| 3645 void | |
| 593 | 3646 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3647 { |
| 168 | 3648 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3649 GuiFont currFont; | |
| 3650 ByteCount actualFontByteCount; | |
| 3651 | |
| 842 | 3652 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 168 | 3653 { |
| 3654 /* Avoid setting same font again */ | |
| 1562 | 3655 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1, |
| 3656 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr | |
| 3657 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font)) | |
| 168 | 3658 { |
| 3659 if (currFont == font) | |
| 3660 return; | |
| 3661 } | |
| 3662 | |
| 1562 | 3663 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3664 } |
| 3665 | |
| 842 | 3666 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet) |
| 168 | 3667 { |
| 3668 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide | |
| 3669 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */ | |
| 3670 /* | |
| 3671 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag }; | |
| 3672 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) }; | |
| 3673 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks); | |
| 3674 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, ); | |
| 3675 */ | |
| 3676 if (gui.wide_font) | |
| 3677 { | |
| 3678 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts; | |
| 3679 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE; | |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance( | |
| 3682 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF), | |
| 3683 0, | |
| 3684 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3685 NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3686 { | |
| 1562 | 3687 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), |
| 3688 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3689 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred); | |
| 168 | 3690 } |
| 3691 /* | |
| 3692 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { }; | |
| 3693 */ | |
| 3694 } | |
| 3695 } | |
| 3696 #endif | |
| 7 | 3697 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3698 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3699 } | |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 /* | |
| 3702 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
| 3703 */ | |
| 3704 void | |
| 3705 gui_mch_free_font(font) | |
| 3706 GuiFont font; | |
| 3707 { | |
| 3708 /* | |
| 3709 * Free font when "font" is not 0. | |
| 3710 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since | |
| 3711 * nothing is allocated for each font used. | |
| 3712 */ | |
| 3713 } | |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 static int | |
| 593 | 3716 hex_digit(int c) |
| 7 | 3717 { |
| 3718 if (isdigit(c)) | |
| 3719 return c - '0'; | |
| 3720 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c); | |
| 3721 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') | |
| 3722 return c - 'a' + 10; | |
| 3723 return -1000; | |
| 3724 } | |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 /* | |
| 3727 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was | |
| 3728 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif | |
| 3729 * Programmer's Guide. | |
| 3730 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
| 3731 */ | |
| 3732 guicolor_T | |
| 593 | 3733 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 3734 { |
| 3735 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8 | |
| 3736 */ | |
| 3737 RGBColor MacColor; | |
| 3738 // guicolor_T color = 0; | |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 typedef struct guicolor_tTable | |
| 3741 { | |
| 3742 char *name; | |
| 3743 guicolor_T color; | |
| 3744 } guicolor_tTable; | |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 /* | |
| 3747 * The comment at the end of each line is the source | |
| 3748 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value | |
| 3749 */ | |
| 3750 static guicolor_tTable table[] = | |
| 3751 { | |
| 3752 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)}, | |
| 3753 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3754 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3755 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3756 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3757 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3758 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 834 | 3759 {"gray10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/ |
| 3760 {"grey10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3761 {"gray20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3762 {"grey20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3763 {"gray30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3764 {"grey30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3765 {"gray40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3766 {"grey40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3767 {"gray50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3768 {"grey50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3769 {"gray60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3770 {"grey60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3771 {"gray70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3772 {"grey70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3773 {"gray80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3774 {"grey80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/ | |
| 818 | 3775 {"gray90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/ |
| 3776 {"grey90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/ | |
| 7 | 3777 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, |
| 3778 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3779 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3780 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3781 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3782 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3783 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3784 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3785 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3786 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3787 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */ | |
| 3788 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3789 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3790 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3791 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3792 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3793 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3794 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3795 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/ | |
| 308 | 3796 {"darkyellow", RGB(0xBB, 0xBB, 0x00)}, /*U*/ |
| 7 | 3797 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */ |
| 3798 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */ | |
| 3799 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */ | |
| 3800 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */ | |
| 3801 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/ | |
| 3802 }; | |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 int r, g, b; | |
| 3805 int i; | |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7) | |
| 3808 { | |
| 3809 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */ | |
| 3810 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]); | |
| 3811 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]); | |
| 3812 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]); | |
| 3813 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0) | |
| 3814 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3815 return RGB(r, g, b); | |
| 3816 } | |
| 3817 else | |
| 3818 { | |
| 9 | 3819 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0) |
| 7 | 3820 { |
| 9 | 3821 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor); |
| 3822 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8)); | |
| 7 | 3823 } |
| 3824 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */ | |
| 3825 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++) | |
| 3826 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0) | |
| 3827 return table[i].color; | |
| 3828 } | |
| 3829 | |
| 3830 /* | |
| 3831 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt". | |
| 3832 */ | |
| 3833 { | |
| 3834 #define LINE_LEN 100 | |
| 3835 FILE *fd; | |
| 3836 char line[LINE_LEN]; | |
| 3837 char_u *fname; | |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt"); | |
| 3840 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 3841 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt"); | |
| 3844 vim_free(fname); | |
| 3845 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 3846 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 while (!feof(fd)) | |
| 3849 { | |
| 3850 int len; | |
| 3851 int pos; | |
| 3852 char *color; | |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd); | |
| 3855 len = strlen(line); | |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n') | |
| 3858 continue; | |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 line[len-1] = '\0'; | |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos); | |
| 3863 if (i != 3) | |
| 3864 continue; | |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 color = line + pos; | |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0) | |
| 3869 { | |
| 3870 fclose(fd); | |
| 3871 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b); | |
| 3872 } | |
| 3873 } | |
| 3874 fclose(fd); | |
| 3875 } | |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3878 } | |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 /* | |
| 3881 * Set the current text foreground color. | |
| 3882 */ | |
| 3883 void | |
| 593 | 3884 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3885 { |
| 3886 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3889 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3890 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3891 | |
| 9 | 3892 RGBForeColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3893 } |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 /* | |
| 3896 * Set the current text background color. | |
| 3897 */ | |
| 3898 void | |
| 593 | 3899 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3900 { |
| 3901 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3904 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3905 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3906 | |
| 9 | 3907 RGBBackColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3908 } |
| 3909 | |
| 563 | 3910 RGBColor specialColor; |
| 3911 | |
| 212 | 3912 /* |
| 563 | 3913 * Set the current text special color. |
| 212 | 3914 */ |
| 3915 void | |
| 593 | 3916 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 212 | 3917 { |
| 563 | 3918 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; |
| 3919 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3920 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3921 } | |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 /* | |
| 3924 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell. | |
| 3925 */ | |
| 3926 static void | |
| 3927 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells) | |
| 3928 { | |
| 856 | 3929 int x; |
| 3930 int offset; | |
| 3931 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; | |
| 3932 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1; | |
| 563 | 3933 |
| 3934 RGBForeColor(&specialColor); | |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8]; | |
| 3937 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset); | |
| 3938 | |
| 593 | 3939 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x) |
| 563 | 3940 { |
| 593 | 3941 offset = val[x % 8]; |
| 3942 LineTo(x, y - offset); | |
| 563 | 3943 } |
| 212 | 3944 } |
| 3945 | |
| 593 | 3946 |
| 3947 static void | |
| 3948 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 7 | 3949 { |
| 3950 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3951 char_u *tofree = NULL; | |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 3954 { | |
| 3955 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len); | |
| 3956 if (tofree != NULL) | |
| 3957 s = tofree; | |
| 3958 } | |
| 3959 #endif | |
| 593 | 3960 |
| 7 | 3961 /* |
| 3962 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing. | |
| 3963 */ | |
| 189 | 3964 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) |
| 7 | 3965 { |
| 3966 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */ | |
| 3967 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ? | |
| 3968 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0); | |
| 168 | 3969 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags); |
| 7 | 3970 } |
| 3971 | |
| 36 | 3972 /* |
| 3973 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3974 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3975 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3976 * underlining. | |
| 3977 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3978 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3979 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3980 */ | |
| 189 | 3981 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0) |
| 36 | 3982 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) |
| 3983 { | |
| 3984 Rect rc; | |
| 3985 | |
| 3986 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3987 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 168 | 3988 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3989 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 3990 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3991 { | |
| 3992 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3993 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 168 | 3994 } |
| 3995 else | |
| 3996 #endif | |
| 36 | 3997 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); |
| 3998 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 3999 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4000 } | |
| 4001 | |
| 189 | 4002 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) |
| 7 | 4003 { |
| 4004 StyleParameter face; | |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 face = normal; | |
| 4007 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4008 face |= bold; | |
| 4009 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 4010 face |= underline; | |
| 4011 TextFace(face); | |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */ | |
| 4014 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 4017 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len); | |
| 4018 } | |
| 4019 else | |
| 4020 { | |
| 4021 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */ | |
| 9 | 4022 TextMode(srcCopy); |
| 4023 TextFace(normal); | |
| 7 | 4024 |
| 4025 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ | |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) | |
| 4028 { | |
| 9 | 4029 TextMode(srcOr); |
| 7 | 4030 } |
| 4031 | |
| 9 | 4032 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); |
| 593 | 4033 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4036 { | |
| 4037 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 4038 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 4039 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); | |
| 4040 } | |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 4043 { | |
| 4044 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 4045 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 4046 } | |
| 4047 } | |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) | |
| 4050 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4053 vim_free(tofree); | |
| 4054 #endif | |
| 4055 } | |
| 4056 | |
| 842 | 4057 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 593 | 4058 |
| 4059 static void | |
| 4060 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4061 { | |
| 4062 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */ | |
| 4063 UniCharCount utf16_len; | |
| 4064 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len); | |
| 4065 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar); | |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone) | |
| 4068 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */ | |
| 1562 | 4069 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG |
| 4070 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n", | |
| 4071 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' '); | |
| 4072 #endif | |
| 593 | 4073 /* |
| 4074 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 4075 * before drawing the text. | |
| 4076 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 4077 * underlining. | |
| 4078 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 4079 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 4080 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 4081 */ | |
| 4082 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0) | |
| 4083 { | |
| 4084 Rect rc; | |
| 4085 | |
| 4086 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 4087 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4088 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 4089 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4090 { | |
| 4091 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
4092 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 593 | 4093 } |
| 4094 else | |
| 4095 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); | |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 4098 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4099 } | |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 { | |
| 4102 TextMode(srcCopy); | |
| 4103 TextFace(normal); | |
| 4104 | |
| 1562 | 4105 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ |
| 593 | 4106 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) |
| 4107 { | |
| 4108 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 4109 } | |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 1562 | 4112 |
| 4113 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4114 { | |
| 4115 Boolean attValue = true; | |
| 4116 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4117 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4118 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues); | |
| 4121 } | |
| 4122 | |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4123 UInt32 useAntialias = p_antialias ? kATSStyleApplyAntiAliasing |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4124 : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4125 if (useAntialias != useAntialias_cached) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4126 { |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4127 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4128 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(UInt32) }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4129 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &useAntialias }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4130 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4131 if (gFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4132 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4133 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4134 if (gWideFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4135 ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4136 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4137 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4138 useAntialias_cached = useAntialias; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4139 } |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4140 |
| 1562 | 4141 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4142 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 168 | 4143 { |
| 1562 | 4144 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell; |
| 4145 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0; | |
| 4146 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4147 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4148 ATSUStyle textStyle; | |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 last_width_in_cell = 1; | |
| 4151 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout); | |
| 4152 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree, | |
| 4153 kATSUFromTextBeginning, | |
| 4154 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len); | |
| 4155 /* | |
| 4156 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle, | |
| 4157 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */ | |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
| 4160 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) | |
| 4161 { | |
| 4162 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 /* probably we are switching from single byte character | |
| 4165 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one | |
| 4166 * cell to draw) */ | |
| 4167 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell) | |
| 4168 { | |
| 4169 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4170 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4171 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4172 #endif | |
| 4173 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle | |
| 4174 : gFontStyle; | |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4177 offset += yet_to_draw; | |
| 4178 yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4179 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell; | |
| 4180 } | |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 yet_to_draw++; | |
| 4183 } | |
| 4184 | |
| 4185 if (yet_to_draw) | |
| 4186 { | |
| 4187 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4188 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4189 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4190 #endif | |
| 4191 /* finish the rest style */ | |
| 4192 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle; | |
| 4193 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd); | |
| 4194 } | |
| 4195 | |
| 168 | 4196 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); |
| 4197 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 1562 | 4198 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, |
| 4199 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 168 | 4200 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); |
| 4201 } | |
| 1562 | 4202 else |
| 4203 #endif | |
| 4204 { | |
| 4205 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree, | |
| 4208 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4209 utf16_len, | |
| 4210 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len, | |
| 4211 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL), | |
| 4212 &textLayout) == noErr) | |
| 4213 { | |
| 4214 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); | |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 4217 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4218 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); | |
| 4221 } | |
| 4222 } | |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */ | |
| 4225 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4226 { | |
| 4227 Boolean attValue = false; | |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4230 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4231 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, | |
| 4234 attribValues); | |
| 4235 } | |
| 7 | 4236 } |
| 4237 | |
| 563 | 4238 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) |
| 4239 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4240 | |
| 7 | 4241 vim_free(tofree); |
| 593 | 4242 } |
| 4243 #endif | |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 void | |
| 4246 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4247 { | |
| 4248 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING) | |
| 1562 | 4249 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0) |
| 4250 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */ | |
| 4251 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); | |
| 4252 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0) | |
| 4253 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */ | |
| 4254 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); | |
| 4255 | |
| 842 | 4256 if (p_macatsui) |
| 4257 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags); | |
| 4258 else | |
| 7 | 4259 #endif |
| 842 | 4260 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags); |
| 7 | 4261 } |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 /* | |
| 4264 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported. | |
| 4265 */ | |
| 4266 int | |
| 593 | 4267 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 4268 { |
| 4269 int i; | |
| 4270 | |
| 4271 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 4272 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 && | |
| 4273 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1) | |
| 4274 return OK; | |
| 4275 return FAIL; | |
| 4276 } | |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 void | |
| 593 | 4279 gui_mch_beep(void) |
| 7 | 4280 { |
| 9 | 4281 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */ |
| 7 | 4282 } |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 void | |
| 593 | 4285 gui_mch_flash(int msec) |
| 7 | 4286 { |
| 4287 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */ | |
| 4288 Rect rc; | |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 /* | |
| 4291 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4292 */ | |
| 4293 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4294 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4295 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width; | |
| 4296 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height; | |
| 4297 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */ | |
| 4300 | |
| 4301 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4302 } | |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 /* | |
| 4305 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns. | |
| 4306 */ | |
| 4307 void | |
| 593 | 4308 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc) |
| 7 | 4309 { |
| 4310 Rect rc; | |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 /* | |
| 4313 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4314 */ | |
| 4315 rc.left = FILL_X(c); | |
| 4316 rc.top = FILL_Y(r); | |
| 4317 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width; | |
| 4318 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height; | |
| 4319 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4320 } | |
| 4321 | |
| 4322 /* | |
| 4323 * Iconify the GUI window. | |
| 4324 */ | |
| 4325 void | |
| 593 | 4326 gui_mch_iconify(void) |
| 7 | 4327 { |
| 4328 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify | |
| 4329 * -window shade? | |
| 4330 * -hide application? | |
| 4331 */ | |
| 4332 } | |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4335 /* | |
| 4336 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground. | |
| 4337 */ | |
| 4338 void | |
| 593 | 4339 gui_mch_set_foreground(void) |
| 7 | 4340 { |
| 4341 /* TODO */ | |
| 4342 } | |
| 4343 #endif | |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 /* | |
| 4346 * Draw a cursor without focus. | |
| 4347 */ | |
| 4348 void | |
| 593 | 4349 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4350 { |
| 4351 Rect rc; | |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 /* | |
| 4354 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4355 */ | |
| 4356 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4357 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row); | |
| 4358 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width; | |
| 168 | 4359 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4360 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col)) | |
| 4361 rc.right += gui.char_width; | |
| 4362 #endif | |
| 7 | 4363 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height; |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4366 | |
| 9 | 4367 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4368 } |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 /* | |
| 4371 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high. | |
| 4372 */ | |
| 4373 void | |
| 593 | 4374 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4375 { |
| 4376 Rect rc; | |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4379 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */ | |
| 4380 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT) | |
| 4381 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w; | |
| 4382 else | |
| 4383 #endif | |
| 4384 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4385 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h; | |
| 4386 rc.right = rc.left + w; | |
| 4387 rc.bottom = rc.top + h; | |
| 4388 | |
| 4389 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4390 | |
| 168 | 4391 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 4392 // PaintRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 4393 } |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 /* | |
| 4398 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the | |
| 4399 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is | |
| 4400 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return | |
| 4401 * immediately. | |
| 4402 */ | |
| 4403 void | |
| 593 | 4404 gui_mch_update(void) |
| 7 | 4405 { |
| 4406 /* TODO: find what to do | |
| 4407 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0) | |
| 4408 * more like look at EventQueue then | |
| 4409 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars; | |
| 4410 * | |
| 4411 * if (eventther) | |
| 4412 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event); | |
| 4413 */ | |
| 4414 EventRecord theEvent; | |
| 4415 | |
| 9 | 4416 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent)) |
| 7 | 4417 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent) |
| 4418 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0); | |
| 4419 } | |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 /* | |
| 4422 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time | |
| 4423 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling. | |
| 4424 */ | |
| 4425 | |
| 4426 pascal | |
| 4427 Boolean | |
| 9 | 4428 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn) |
| 7 | 4429 { |
| 4430 if (((long) sleep) < -1) | |
| 4431 sleep = 32767; | |
| 4432 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn); | |
| 4433 } | |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 /* | |
| 4436 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character | |
| 4437 * from the keyboard. | |
| 4438 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
| 4439 * wtime == 0 This should never happen. | |
| 4440 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
| 4441 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
| 4442 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
| 4443 */ | |
| 4444 int | |
| 593 | 4445 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime) |
| 7 | 4446 { |
| 4447 EventMask mask = (everyEvent); | |
| 4448 EventRecord event; | |
| 4449 long entryTick; | |
| 4450 long currentTick; | |
| 4451 long sleeppyTick; | |
| 4452 | |
| 4453 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar, | |
| 4454 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else | |
| 4455 * there won't be any life feedback. | |
| 4456 */ | |
| 4457 if (dragged_sb != NULL) | |
| 4458 return FAIL; | |
| 4459 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */ | |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 entryTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 allow_scrollbar = TRUE; | |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 do | |
| 4466 { | |
| 4467 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty) | |
| 4468 { | |
| 4469 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 4470 dragRectControl = kNothing; | |
| 4471 } | |
| 4472 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect) | |
| 4473 { | |
| 4474 dragRgn = cursorRgn; | |
| 9 | 4475 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect); |
| 7 | 4476 dragRectControl = kNothing; |
| 4477 } | |
| 4478 /* | |
| 4479 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a | |
| 4480 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an | |
| 4481 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are | |
| 4482 * returning as soon as it contains a single char. | |
| 4483 */ | |
| 2585 | 4484 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordingly??? */ |
| 7 | 4485 if (wtime > -1) |
| 1562 | 4486 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000; |
| 7 | 4487 else |
| 4488 sleeppyTick = 32767; | |
| 1562 | 4489 |
| 9 | 4490 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn)) |
| 7 | 4491 { |
| 1562 | 4492 gui_mac_handle_event(&event); |
| 7 | 4493 if (input_available()) |
| 4494 { | |
| 4495 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4496 return OK; | |
| 4497 } | |
| 4498 } | |
| 4499 currentTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4500 } | |
| 4501 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000)); | |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4504 return FAIL; | |
| 4505 } | |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 /* | |
| 4508 * Output routines. | |
| 4509 */ | |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 /* Flush any output to the screen */ | |
| 4512 void | |
| 593 | 4513 gui_mch_flush(void) |
| 7 | 4514 { |
| 4515 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */ | |
| 4516 } | |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 /* | |
| 4519 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
| 4520 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
| 4521 */ | |
| 4522 void | |
| 593 | 4523 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2) |
| 7 | 4524 { |
| 4525 Rect rc; | |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 /* | |
| 4528 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have | |
| 4529 * spilled over to the next column. | |
| 4530 */ | |
| 4531 rc.left = FILL_X(col1); | |
| 4532 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1); | |
| 4533 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1); | |
| 4534 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1); | |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4537 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4538 } |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 /* | |
| 4541 * Clear the whole text window. | |
| 4542 */ | |
| 4543 void | |
| 593 | 4544 gui_mch_clear_all(void) |
| 7 | 4545 { |
| 4546 Rect rc; | |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4549 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4550 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4551 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4554 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4555 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel); | |
| 4556 FrameRect(&rc); | |
| 4557 */ | |
| 4558 } | |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 /* | |
| 4561 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any | |
| 4562 * text further down within the scroll region. | |
| 4563 */ | |
| 4564 void | |
| 593 | 4565 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4566 { |
| 4567 Rect rc; | |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 /* changed without checking! */ | |
| 4570 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4571 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4572 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4573 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4576 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4577 |
| 4578 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1, | |
| 4579 gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4580 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4581 } | |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 /* | |
| 4584 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any | |
| 4585 * following text within the scroll region. | |
| 4586 */ | |
| 4587 void | |
| 593 | 4588 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4589 { |
| 4590 Rect rc; | |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4593 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4594 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4595 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4598 | |
| 9 | 4599 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4600 |
| 4601 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */ | |
| 4602 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row | |
| 4603 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
| 4604 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
| 4605 { | |
| 4606 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines) | |
| 4607 gui.cursor_row += num_lines; | |
| 4608 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 4609 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 4610 } | |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4613 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4614 } | |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 /* | |
| 4617 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember | |
| 4618 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE | |
| 4619 */ | |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 void | |
| 593 | 4622 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4623 { |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 19 | 4626 int flavor = 0; |
| 7 | 4627 Size scrapSize; |
| 4628 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags; | |
| 4629 ScrapRef scrap = nil; | |
| 4630 OSStatus error; | |
| 4631 int type; | |
| 4632 char *searchCR; | |
| 4633 char_u *tempclip; | |
| 4634 | |
| 4635 | |
| 9 | 4636 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 7 | 4637 if (error != noErr) |
| 4638 return; | |
| 4639 | |
| 9 | 4640 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 4641 if (error == noErr) | |
| 4642 { | |
| 4643 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize); | |
| 4644 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1) | |
| 4645 flavor = 1; | |
| 4646 } | |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 if (flavor == 0) | |
| 4649 { | |
| 838 | 4650 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 9 | 4651 if (error != noErr) |
| 4652 return; | |
| 4653 | |
| 838 | 4654 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4655 if (error != noErr) |
| 4656 return; | |
| 4657 } | |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 ReserveMem(scrapSize); | |
| 593 | 4660 |
| 838 | 4661 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */ |
| 4662 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize); | |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */ | |
| 4665 HLock(textOfClip); | |
| 4666 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap, | |
| 4667 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, | |
| 4668 &scrapSize, *textOfClip); | |
| 4669 scrapSize -= flavor; | |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 if (flavor) | |
| 4672 type = **textOfClip; | |
| 4673 else | |
| 2896 | 4674 type = MAUTO; |
| 838 | 4675 |
| 4676 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE); | |
| 4677 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize); | |
| 4678 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0; | |
| 7 | 4679 |
| 766 | 4680 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 838 | 4681 { |
| 168 | 4682 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */ |
| 4683 size_t encLen = 0; | |
| 4684 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen); | |
| 838 | 4685 |
| 4686 if (to != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4687 { |
| 168 | 4688 scrapSize = encLen; |
| 4689 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4690 tempclip = to; | |
| 7 | 4691 } |
| 838 | 4692 } |
| 7 | 4693 #endif |
| 502 | 4694 |
| 838 | 4695 searchCR = (char *)tempclip; |
| 4696 while (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4697 { | |
| 4698 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r'); | |
| 4699 if (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4700 *searchCR = '\n'; | |
| 7 | 4701 } |
| 838 | 4702 |
| 4703 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd); | |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4706 HUnlock(textOfClip); | |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4709 } |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 void | |
| 593 | 4712 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4713 { |
| 4714 /* | |
| 4715 * TODO: Really nothing to do? | |
| 4716 */ | |
| 4717 } | |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 int | |
| 593 | 4720 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4721 { |
| 4722 return OK; | |
| 4723 } | |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 /* | |
| 4726 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. | |
| 4727 */ | |
| 4728 void | |
| 593 | 4729 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4730 { |
| 4731 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 4732 long scrapSize; | |
| 4733 int type; | |
| 4734 ScrapRef scrap; | |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 char_u *str = NULL; | |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 if (!cbd->owned) | |
| 4739 return; | |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 clip_get_selection(cbd); | |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 /* | |
| 4744 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets | |
| 4745 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it. | |
| 4746 */ | |
| 4747 cbd->owned = FALSE; | |
| 4748 | |
| 838 | 4749 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd); |
| 7 | 4750 |
| 766 | 4751 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4752 size_t utf16_len = 0; |
| 4753 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len); | |
| 4754 if (to) | |
| 7 | 4755 { |
| 168 | 4756 scrapSize = utf16_len; |
| 4757 vim_free(str); | |
| 4758 str = (char_u *)to; | |
| 7 | 4759 } |
| 4760 #endif | |
| 4761 | |
| 4762 if (type >= 0) | |
| 4763 { | |
| 4764 ClearCurrentScrap(); | |
| 593 | 4765 |
| 9 | 4766 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1); |
| 7 | 4767 HLock(textOfClip); |
| 4768 | |
| 9 | 4769 **textOfClip = type; |
| 168 | 4770 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4771 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 838 | 4772 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, |
| 9 | 4773 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1); |
| 4774 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, | |
| 4775 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4776 HUnlock(textOfClip); |
| 4777 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 4778 } | |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 vim_free(str); | |
| 4781 } | |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 void | |
| 593 | 4784 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4785 { |
| 4786 Rect VimBound; | |
| 4787 | |
| 9 | 4788 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */ |
| 7 | 4789 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4792 { | |
| 4793 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1; | |
| 4794 } | |
| 4795 else | |
| 4796 { | |
| 4797 VimBound.left = 0; | |
| 4798 } | |
| 4799 | |
| 4800 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); | |
| 4801 | |
| 9 | 4802 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 4803 } |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 /* | |
| 4806 * Menu stuff. | |
| 4807 */ | |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 void | |
| 593 | 4810 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag) |
| 7 | 4811 { |
| 4812 /* | |
| 444 | 4813 * Menu is always active. |
| 7 | 4814 */ |
| 4815 } | |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 void | |
| 593 | 4818 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4819 { |
| 4820 /* | |
| 444 | 4821 * The menu is always at the top of the screen. |
| 7 | 4822 */ |
| 4823 } | |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 /* | |
| 4826 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar. | |
| 4827 */ | |
| 4828 void | |
| 593 | 4829 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4830 { |
| 4831 /* | |
| 4832 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle. | |
| 4833 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext | |
| 4834 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id | |
| 4835 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235 | |
| 4836 */ | |
| 4837 static long next_avail_id = 128; | |
| 4838 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */ | |
| 593 | 4839 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4840 CFStringRef name; |
| 4841 #else | |
| 7 | 4842 char_u *name; |
| 168 | 4843 #endif |
| 7 | 4844 short index; |
| 4845 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; | |
| 4846 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next; | |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */ | |
| 4849 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0)) | |
| 4850 return; | |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */ | |
| 4853 if (next_avail_id == 1024) | |
| 4854 return; | |
| 4855 | |
| 4856 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */ | |
| 4857 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name))) | |
| 4858 brother = brother->next; | |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */ | |
| 4861 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL)) | |
| 4862 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id; | |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */ | |
| 4865 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name)) | |
| 4866 menu_after_me = hierMenu; | |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4869 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4870 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4871 #else | |
| 7 | 4872 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4873 #endif |
| 7 | 4874 if (name == NULL) |
| 4875 return; | |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */ | |
| 4878 { | |
| 4879 /* Carbon suggest use of | |
| 9 | 4880 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *); |
| 4881 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title); | |
| 7 | 4882 */ |
| 4883 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id; | |
| 593 | 4884 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4885 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr) |
| 4886 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name); | |
| 4887 #else | |
| 9 | 4888 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name); |
| 168 | 4889 #endif |
| 7 | 4890 next_avail_id++; |
| 4891 } | |
| 4892 | |
| 4893 if (parent == NULL) | |
| 4894 { | |
| 4895 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */ | |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the | |
| 4898 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos | |
| 4899 */ | |
| 4900 | |
| 593 | 4901 /* Insert the menu */ |
| 4902 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */ | |
| 7 | 4903 #if 1 |
| 4904 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */ | |
| 4905 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4906 #endif | |
| 4907 } | |
| 4908 else | |
| 4909 { | |
| 4910 /* Adding as a submenu */ | |
| 4911 | |
| 9 | 4912 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4913 |
| 4914 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4915 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4916 */ | |
| 4917 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 593 | 4918 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4919 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 4920 #else | |
| 7 | 4921 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 168 | 4922 #endif |
| 7 | 4923 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B); |
| 4924 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id); | |
| 4925 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu); | |
| 4926 } | |
| 4927 | |
| 593 | 4928 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4929 CFRelease(name); |
| 4930 #else | |
| 9 | 4931 vim_free(name); |
| 168 | 4932 #endif |
| 7 | 4933 |
| 4934 #if 0 | |
| 4935 /* Done by Vim later on */ | |
| 4936 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4937 #endif | |
| 4938 } | |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 /* | |
| 4941 * Add a menu item to a menu | |
| 4942 */ | |
| 4943 void | |
| 593 | 4944 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4945 { |
| 593 | 4946 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4947 CFStringRef name; |
| 4948 #else | |
| 7 | 4949 char_u *name; |
| 168 | 4950 #endif |
| 7 | 4951 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; |
| 4952 int menu_inserted; | |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */ | |
| 4955 if (parent->submenu_id == 0) | |
| 4956 return; | |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu, | |
| 4959 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */ | |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4962 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4963 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4964 #else | |
| 7 | 4965 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4966 #endif |
| 7 | 4967 |
| 4968 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */ | |
| 4969 menu->submenu_id = 0; | |
| 4970 menu->submenu_handle = NULL; | |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 menu_inserted = 0; | |
| 4973 if (menu->actext) | |
| 4974 { | |
| 4975 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes | |
| 4976 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the | |
| 4977 * item's command equivalent. | |
| 4978 */ | |
| 4979 int key = 0; | |
| 4980 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 4981 char_u *p_actext; | |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 p_actext = menu->actext; | |
| 1776 | 4984 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4985 if (*p_actext != 0) |
| 4986 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */ | |
| 4987 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the | |
| 4988 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for | |
| 4989 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD | |
| 4990 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the | |
| 4991 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable | |
| 4992 * character plus modifiers. | |
| 4993 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't | |
| 4994 * apply modifiers. | |
| 4995 */ | |
| 4996 if (key > 0 && key < 32) | |
| 4997 { | |
| 4998 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that | |
| 4999 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish | |
| 5000 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S. | |
| 5001 */ | |
| 5002 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 5003 key += '@'; | |
| 5004 } | |
| 5005 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier. | |
| 5006 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert | |
| 5007 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu. | |
| 5008 */ | |
| 5009 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z') | |
| 5010 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 5011 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z') | |
| 5012 key += 'A' - 'a'; | |
| 5013 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */ | |
| 5014 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key)) | |
| 5015 { | |
| 5016 int valid = 1; | |
| 5017 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers; | |
| 5018 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */ | |
| 5019 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) | |
| 5020 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier; | |
| 5021 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 5022 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier; | |
| 5023 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
| 5024 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier; | |
| 5025 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK) | |
| 5026 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */ | |
| 5027 if (valid) | |
| 5028 { | |
| 5029 char_u item_txt[10]; | |
| 5030 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */ | |
| 5031 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/'; | |
| 5032 item_txt[3] = key; | |
| 5033 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx); | |
| 5034 /* Set the modifier keys. */ | |
| 5035 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods); | |
| 5036 menu_inserted = 1; | |
| 5037 } | |
| 5038 } | |
| 5039 } | |
| 5040 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 5041 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 5042 */ | |
| 5043 if (!menu_inserted) | |
| 5044 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 5045 /* Set the menu item name. */ | |
| 593 | 5046 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 5047 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 5048 #else | |
| 7 | 5049 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 168 | 5050 #endif |
| 7 | 5051 |
| 5052 #if 0 | |
| 5053 /* Called by Vim */ | |
| 5054 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5055 #endif | |
| 5056 | |
| 593 | 5057 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 5058 CFRelease(name); |
| 5059 #else | |
| 7 | 5060 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */ |
| 5061 vim_free(name); | |
| 168 | 5062 #endif |
| 7 | 5063 } |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 void | |
| 593 | 5066 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable) |
| 7 | 5067 { |
| 5068 /* no tearoff menus */ | |
| 5069 } | |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 /* | |
| 5072 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget. | |
| 5073 */ | |
| 5074 void | |
| 593 | 5075 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 5076 { |
| 9 | 5077 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 5078 |
| 5079 if (index > 0) | |
| 5080 { | |
| 5081 if (menu->parent) | |
| 5082 { | |
| 5083 { | |
| 5084 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 5085 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); |
| 7 | 5086 |
| 5087 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */ | |
| 5088 if (menu->submenu_id != 0) | |
| 5089 { | |
| 9 | 5090 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 5091 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 5092 } |
| 5093 } | |
| 5094 } | |
| 5095 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU | |
| 5096 else | |
| 5097 { | |
| 9 | 5098 printf("gmdm 2\n"); |
| 7 | 5099 } |
| 5100 #endif | |
| 5101 } | |
| 5102 else | |
| 5103 { | |
| 5104 { | |
| 9 | 5105 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 5106 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 5107 } |
| 5108 } | |
| 5109 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */ | |
| 5110 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5111 } | |
| 5112 | |
| 5113 /* | |
| 5114 * Make a menu either grey or not grey. | |
| 5115 */ | |
| 5116 void | |
| 593 | 5117 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey) |
| 7 | 5118 { |
| 5119 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */ | |
| 9 | 5120 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 5121 /* |
| 5122 index = menu->index; | |
| 5123 */ | |
| 5124 if (grey) | |
| 5125 { | |
| 5126 if (menu->children) | |
| 5127 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5128 if (menu->parent) | |
| 5129 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 5130 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5131 } | |
| 5132 else | |
| 5133 { | |
| 5134 if (menu->children) | |
| 5135 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5136 if (menu->parent) | |
| 5137 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 5138 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5139 } | |
| 5140 } | |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 /* | |
| 5143 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden | |
| 5144 */ | |
| 5145 void | |
| 593 | 5146 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden) |
| 7 | 5147 { |
| 5148 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */ | |
| 9 | 5149 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden); |
| 7 | 5150 } |
| 5151 | |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 /* | |
| 5154 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not. | |
| 5155 */ | |
| 5156 void | |
| 593 | 5157 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void) |
| 7 | 5158 { |
| 5159 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5160 } | |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 /* | |
| 5164 * Scrollbar stuff. | |
| 5165 */ | |
| 5166 | |
| 5167 void | |
| 593 | 5168 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar( |
| 5169 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5170 int flag) | |
| 7 | 5171 { |
| 5172 if (flag) | |
| 5173 ShowControl(sb->id); | |
| 5174 else | |
| 5175 HideControl(sb->id); | |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5178 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag); |
| 7 | 5179 #endif |
| 5180 } | |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 void | |
| 593 | 5183 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( |
| 5184 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5185 long val, | |
| 5186 long size, | |
| 5187 long max) | |
| 7 | 5188 { |
| 5189 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max); | |
| 5190 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0); | |
| 5191 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val); | |
| 1107 | 5192 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size); |
| 7 | 5193 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5194 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max); |
| 7 | 5195 #endif |
| 5196 } | |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 void | |
| 593 | 5199 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos( |
| 5200 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5201 int x, | |
| 5202 int y, | |
| 5203 int w, | |
| 5204 int h) | |
| 7 | 5205 { |
| 5206 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 5207 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5208 { | |
| 9 | 5209 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y); |
| 5210 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5211 } |
| 5212 else | |
| 5213 { | |
| 9 | 5214 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5215 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5216 }*/ |
| 5217 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar) | |
| 5218 h += 1; | |
| 5219 else | |
| 5220 w += 1; | |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5223 x -= 15; | |
| 5224 | |
| 9 | 5225 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5226 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h); | |
| 7 | 5227 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5228 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h); |
| 7 | 5229 #endif |
| 5230 } | |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 void | |
| 593 | 5233 gui_mch_create_scrollbar( |
| 5234 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5235 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */ | |
| 7 | 5236 { |
| 5237 Rect bounds; | |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 bounds.top = -16; | |
| 5240 bounds.bottom = -10; | |
| 5241 bounds.right = -10; | |
| 5242 bounds.left = -16; | |
| 5243 | |
| 9 | 5244 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow, |
| 7 | 5245 &bounds, |
| 5246 "\pScrollBar", | |
| 5247 TRUE, | |
| 5248 0, /* current*/ | |
| 5249 0, /* top */ | |
| 5250 0, /* bottom */ | |
| 5251 kControlScrollBarLiveProc, | |
| 5252 (long) sb->ident); | |
| 5253 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5254 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient); |
| 7 | 5255 #endif |
| 5256 } | |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 void | |
| 593 | 5259 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb) |
| 7 | 5260 { |
| 5261 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 5262 DisposeControl(sb->id); |
| 7 | 5263 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5264 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id); |
| 7 | 5265 #endif |
| 5266 } | |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 /* | |
| 5270 * Cursor blink functions. | |
| 5271 * | |
| 5272 * This is a simple state machine: | |
| 5273 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all | |
| 5274 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown | |
| 5275 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown | |
| 5276 */ | |
| 5277 void | |
| 5278 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off) | |
| 5279 { | |
| 5280 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5281 /* blink_waittime = wait; | |
| 5282 blink_ontime = on; | |
| 5283 blink_offtime = off;*/ | |
| 5284 } | |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 /* | |
| 5287 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown. | |
| 5288 */ | |
| 5289 void | |
| 593 | 5290 gui_mch_stop_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5291 { |
| 5292 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5293 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5294 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); | |
| 5295 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF) | |
| 5296 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5297 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/ | |
| 5298 } | |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 /* | |
| 5301 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the | |
| 5302 * waiting time and shows the cursor. | |
| 5303 */ | |
| 5304 void | |
| 593 | 5305 gui_mch_start_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5306 { |
| 5307 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5308 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5309 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */ | |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */ | |
| 5312 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime) | |
| 5313 { | |
| 5314 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime, | |
| 5315 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer); | |
| 5316 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
| 5317 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5318 }*/ | |
| 5319 } | |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 /* | |
| 5322 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long. | |
| 5323 */ | |
| 5324 long_u | |
| 5325 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel) | |
| 5326 { | |
| 5327 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel); | |
| 5328 } | |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
| 5333 /* | |
| 5334 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory, | |
| 5335 * or NULL if Cancel is hit. | |
| 5336 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened. | |
| 5337 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog. | |
| 5338 * dflt - Default name of file. | |
| 5339 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions. | |
| 5340 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir) | |
| 5341 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from. | |
| 5342 * Has a format like this: | |
| 5343 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0" | |
| 5344 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0" | |
| 5345 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file | |
| 5346 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will | |
| 5347 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files. | |
| 5348 * | |
| 5349 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls. | |
| 5350 */ | |
| 5351 char_u * | |
| 5352 gui_mch_browse( | |
| 5353 int saving, | |
| 5354 char_u *title, | |
| 5355 char_u *dflt, | |
| 5356 char_u *ext, | |
| 5357 char_u *initdir, | |
| 5358 char_u *filter) | |
| 5359 { | |
| 5360 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */ | |
| 5361 NavReplyRecord reply; | |
| 5362 char_u *fname = NULL; | |
| 5363 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 5364 long numFiles; | |
| 5365 NavDialogOptions navOptions; | |
| 5366 OSErr error; | |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */ | |
| 9 | 5369 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions); |
| 7 | 5370 |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */ | |
| 5373 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles | |
| 5374 | kNavDontAutoTranslate | |
| 5375 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems | |
| 5376 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */ | |
| 5377 | kNavAllowStationery; | |
| 5378 | |
| 9 | 5379 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message); |
| 5380 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName); | |
| 7 | 5381 /* Could set clientName? |
| 5382 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?) | |
| 5383 */ | |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 if (saving) | |
| 5386 { | |
| 5387 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 9 | 5388 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL); |
| 7 | 5389 if (!reply.validRecord) |
| 5390 return NULL; | |
| 5391 } | |
| 5392 else | |
| 5393 { | |
| 5394 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 5395 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5396 if (!reply.validRecord) | |
| 5397 return NULL; | |
| 5398 } | |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 5401 | |
| 9 | 5402 NavDisposeReply(&reply); |
| 7 | 5403 |
| 5404 if (fnames) | |
| 5405 { | |
| 5406 fname = fnames[0]; | |
| 5407 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 5408 } | |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */ | |
| 5411 return fname; | |
| 5412 } | |
| 5413 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */ | |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG | |
| 5416 /* | |
| 5417 * Stuff for dialogues | |
| 5418 */ | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 /* | |
| 5421 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings. | |
| 5422 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.) | |
| 5423 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title. | |
| 5424 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it. | |
| 5425 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first. | |
| 5426 * dfltbutton = number of default button. | |
| 5427 * | |
| 5428 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed, | |
| 5429 * 2 for the second, etc. | |
| 5430 * | |
| 5431 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed. | |
| 5432 * -1 for unexpected error | |
| 5433 * | |
| 5434 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1. | |
| 5435 */ | |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 typedef struct | |
| 5438 { | |
| 5439 short idx; | |
| 5440 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */ | |
| 5441 Rect box; | |
| 5442 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */ | |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top) | |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 static void | |
| 5447 macMoveDialogItem( | |
| 5448 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5449 short itemNumber, | |
| 5450 short X, | |
| 5451 short Y, | |
| 5452 Rect *inBox) | |
| 5453 { | |
| 5454 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 5455 /* Untested */ | |
| 9 | 5456 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y); |
| 7 | 5457 if (inBox != nil) |
| 9 | 5458 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox); |
| 7 | 5459 #else |
| 5460 short itemType; | |
| 5461 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5462 Rect localBox; | |
| 5463 Rect *itemBox = &localBox; | |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 if (inBox != nil) | |
| 5466 itemBox = inBox; | |
| 5467 | |
| 9 | 5468 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox); |
| 5469 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top); | |
| 5470 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y); | |
| 7 | 5471 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both |
| 5472 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */ | |
| 5473 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */ | |
| 9 | 5474 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y); |
| 5475 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox); | |
| 7 | 5476 #endif |
| 5477 } | |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 static void | |
| 5480 macSizeDialogItem( | |
| 5481 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5482 short itemNumber, | |
| 5483 short width, | |
| 5484 short height) | |
| 5485 { | |
| 5486 short itemType; | |
| 5487 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5488 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5489 | |
| 9 | 5490 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5491 |
| 5492 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */ | |
| 5493 if (width == 0) | |
| 5494 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left; | |
| 5495 if (height == 0) | |
| 5496 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top; | |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 9 | 5499 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */ |
| 7 | 5500 #else |
| 5501 /* Resize the bounding box */ | |
| 5502 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width; | |
| 5503 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height; | |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both | |
| 5506 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */ | |
| 5507 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5508 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height); |
| 7 | 5509 |
| 5510 /* Configure back the item */ | |
| 9 | 5511 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5512 #endif |
| 5513 } | |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 static void | |
| 5516 macSetDialogItemText( | |
| 5517 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5518 short itemNumber, | |
| 5519 Str255 itemName) | |
| 5520 { | |
| 5521 short itemType; | |
| 5522 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5523 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5524 | |
| 9 | 5525 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5526 |
| 5527 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5528 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5529 else |
| 9 | 5530 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5531 } |
| 5532 | |
| 1572 | 5533 |
| 5534 /* ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators. | |
| 5535 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 5536 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling. | |
| 5537 */ | |
| 5538 static pascal Boolean | |
| 5539 DialogHotkeyFilterProc ( | |
| 5540 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5541 EventRecord *event, | |
| 5542 DialogItemIndex *itemHit) | |
| 5543 { | |
| 5544 char_u keyHit; | |
| 5545 | |
| 5546 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey) | |
| 5547 { | |
| 5548 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask); | |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]) | |
| 5551 { | |
| 5552 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5553 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]); | |
| 5554 #endif | |
| 5555 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]; | |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 /* When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user | |
| 5558 * clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed | |
| 5559 * to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user | |
| 5560 * feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too | |
| 5561 * fast to be seen). | |
| 5562 */ | |
| 5563 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit; | |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 return true; /* we took care of it */ | |
| 5566 } | |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 /* Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event. | |
| 5569 * This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. */ | |
| 5570 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit); | |
| 5571 } | |
| 5572 return false; /* Let ModalDialog deal with it */ | |
| 5573 } | |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 | |
| 593 | 5576 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox |
| 5577 * (Jussi) | |
| 5578 */ | |
| 7 | 5579 int |
| 5580 gui_mch_dialog( | |
| 5581 int type, | |
| 5582 char_u *title, | |
| 5583 char_u *message, | |
| 5584 char_u *buttons, | |
| 5585 int dfltbutton, | |
| 2684 | 5586 char_u *textfield, |
| 5587 int ex_cmd) | |
| 7 | 5588 { |
| 5589 Handle buttonDITL; | |
| 5590 Handle iconDITL; | |
| 5591 Handle inputDITL; | |
| 5592 Handle messageDITL; | |
| 5593 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5594 Handle iconHandle; | |
| 5595 DialogPtr theDialog; | |
| 5596 char_u len; | |
| 5597 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */ | |
| 5598 char_u name[256]; | |
| 5599 GrafPtr oldPort; | |
| 5600 short itemHit; | |
| 5601 char_u *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5602 short hotKeys[256]; /* map of hotkey -> control ID */ |
| 5603 char_u aHotKey; | |
| 7 | 5604 Rect box; |
| 5605 short button; | |
| 5606 short lastButton; | |
| 5607 short itemType; | |
| 5608 short useIcon; | |
| 5609 short width; | |
| 1377 | 5610 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together |
| 1212 | 5611 including spacing */ |
| 7 | 5612 short widestButton = 0; |
| 5613 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5614 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5615 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5616 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5617 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5618 | |
| 5619 short vertical; | |
| 5620 short dialogHeight; | |
| 5621 short messageLines = 3; | |
| 5622 FontInfo textFontInfo; | |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 vgmDlgItm iconItm; | |
| 5625 vgmDlgItm messageItm; | |
| 5626 vgmDlgItm inputItm; | |
| 5627 vgmDlgItm buttonItm; | |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 WindowRef theWindow; | |
| 5630 | |
| 1572 | 5631 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP; |
| 5632 | |
| 7 | 5633 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */ |
| 5634 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL); | |
| 5635 | |
| 5636 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */ | |
| 9 | 5637 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1); |
| 7 | 5638 |
| 5639 /* Get the WindowRef */ | |
| 5640 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog); | |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 /* Hide the window. | |
| 5643 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing | |
| 5644 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item | |
| 5645 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9) | |
| 5646 * Could be avoided by changing the resource. | |
| 5647 */ | |
| 9 | 5648 HideWindow(theWindow); |
| 7 | 5649 |
| 5650 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog, | |
| 5651 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */ | |
| 9 | 5652 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5653 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5654 |
| 5655 /* Get the info about the default text, | |
| 5656 * used to calculate the height of the message | |
| 5657 * and of the text field */ | |
| 5658 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo); | |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 /* Set the dialog title */ | |
| 5661 if (title != NULL) | |
| 5662 { | |
| 9 | 5663 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle); |
| 5664 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle); | |
| 7 | 5665 } |
| 5666 | |
| 5667 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 9 | 5668 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130); |
| 7 | 5669 buttonChar = buttons; |
| 5670 button = 0; | |
| 5671 | |
| 1572 | 5672 /* initialize the hotkey mapping */ |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
1776
diff
changeset
|
5673 vim_memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys)); |
| 1572 | 5674 |
| 7 | 5675 for (;*buttonChar != 0;) |
| 5676 { | |
| 5677 /* Get the name of the button */ | |
| 5678 button++; | |
| 5679 len = 0; | |
| 5680 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++) | |
| 5681 { | |
| 5682 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR) | |
| 5683 name[++len] = *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5684 else |
| 5685 { | |
| 5686 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1); | |
| 5687 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z') | |
| 5688 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A'); | |
| 5689 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button; | |
| 5690 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5691 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey); | |
| 5692 #endif | |
| 5693 } | |
| 7 | 5694 } |
| 1572 | 5695 |
| 7 | 5696 if (*buttonChar != 0) |
| 5697 buttonChar++; | |
| 5698 name[0] = len; | |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 /* Add the button */ | |
| 9 | 5701 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */ |
| 7 | 5702 |
| 5703 /* Change the button's name */ | |
| 9 | 5704 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name); |
| 7 | 5705 |
| 5706 /* Resize the button to fit its name */ | |
| 9 | 5707 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge; |
| 7 | 5708 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */ |
| 5709 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */ | |
| 5710 if (width > maxButtonWidth) | |
| 5711 width = maxButtonWidth; | |
| 9 | 5712 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0); |
| 7 | 5713 |
| 5714 totalButtonWidth += width; | |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 if (width > widestButton) | |
| 5717 widestButton = width; | |
| 5718 } | |
| 9 | 5719 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL); |
| 7 | 5720 lastButton = button; |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 5723 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1; | |
| 9 | 5724 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131); |
| 7 | 5725 switch (type) |
| 5726 { | |
| 2585 | 5727 case VIM_GENERIC: |
| 5728 case VIM_INFO: | |
| 5729 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon; break; | |
| 5730 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon; break; | |
| 5731 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon; break; | |
| 5732 default: useIcon = kStopIcon; | |
| 5733 } | |
| 9 | 5734 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL); |
| 5735 ReleaseResource(iconDITL); | |
| 5736 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5737 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */ |
| 9 | 5738 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon); |
| 5739 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5740 |
| 5741 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */ | |
| 5742 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2; | |
| 9 | 5743 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5744 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5745 ReleaseResource(messageDITL); | |
| 5746 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5747 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name); | |
| 5748 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5749 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 7 | 5750 |
| 5751 /* Add the input box if needed */ | |
| 5752 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5753 { | |
| 857 | 5754 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */ |
| 7 | 5755 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3; |
| 9 | 5756 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5757 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5758 ReleaseResource(inputDITL); | |
| 5759 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5760 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/ | |
| 5761 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name); | |
| 5762 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5763 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 1572 | 5764 |
| 5765 /* Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field */ | |
| 5766 gDialogHotKeys = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5767 } |
| 1572 | 5768 else |
| 5769 /* Install hotkey table */ | |
| 5770 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys; | |
| 7 | 5771 |
| 5772 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */ | |
| 9 | 5773 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton); |
| 5774 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0); | |
| 7 | 5775 |
| 5776 /* Reposition element */ | |
| 5777 | |
| 5778 /* Check if we need to force vertical */ | |
| 5779 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth) | |
| 5780 vertical = TRUE; | |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 /* Place icon */ | |
| 9 | 5783 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box); |
| 7 | 5784 iconItm.box.right = box.right; |
| 5785 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom; | |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 /* Place Message */ | |
| 5788 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace; | |
| 9 | 5789 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent)); |
| 5790 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5791 |
| 5792 /* Place Input */ | |
| 5793 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5794 { | |
| 5795 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5796 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 9 | 5797 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent); |
| 5798 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5799 /* Convert the static text into a text edit. |
| 5800 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 5801 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box); |
| 5802 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5803 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767); |
| 5804 } | |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 /* Place Button */ | |
| 5807 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5808 { | |
| 5809 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left; | |
| 5810 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5811 } | |
| 5812 else | |
| 5813 { | |
| 5814 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5815 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5816 } | |
| 5817 | |
| 5818 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++) | |
| 5819 { | |
| 5820 | |
| 9 | 5821 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box); |
| 1377 | 5822 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */ |
| 7 | 5823 if (vertical) |
| 5824 { | |
| 9 | 5825 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0); |
| 5826 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5827 } |
| 5828 /* Calculate position of next button */ | |
| 5829 if (vertical) | |
| 5830 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5831 else | |
| 5832 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5833 } | |
| 5834 | |
| 5835 /* Resize the dialog box */ | |
| 5836 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5837 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE); | |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 /* Magic resize */ | |
| 9 | 5840 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5841 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */ |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 /* Display it */ | |
| 5844 ShowWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5845 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */ | |
| 5846 SelectWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5847 | |
| 9 | 5848 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */ |
| 7 | 5849 #if 0 |
| 9 | 5850 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5851 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5852 #endif |
| 5853 | |
| 857 | 5854 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5855 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */ | |
| 5856 dialog_busy = TRUE; | |
| 5857 #endif | |
| 5858 | |
| 1572 | 5859 /* Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog */ |
| 5860 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc); | |
| 5861 | |
| 7 | 5862 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */ |
| 5863 do | |
| 5864 { | |
| 1572 | 5865 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit); |
| 7 | 5866 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton)); |
| 5867 | |
| 857 | 5868 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5869 dialog_busy = FALSE; | |
| 5870 #endif | |
| 5871 | |
| 7 | 5872 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */ |
| 5873 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5874 { | |
| 9 | 5875 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); |
| 5876 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name); | |
| 7 | 5877 #if IOSIZE < 256 |
| 5878 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */ | |
| 5879 if (name[0] > IOSIZE) | |
| 5880 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1; | |
| 5881 #endif | |
| 418 | 5882 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]); |
| 7 | 5883 } |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 /* Restore the original graphical port */ | |
| 9 | 5886 SetPort(oldPort); |
| 7 | 5887 |
| 1572 | 5888 /* Free the modal filterProc */ |
| 5889 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP); | |
| 5890 | |
| 7 | 5891 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */ |
| 9 | 5892 DisposeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5893 |
| 5894 return itemHit; | |
| 5895 /* | |
| 2585 | 5896 * Useful thing which could be used |
| 7 | 5897 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout |
| 5898 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box | |
| 5899 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem | |
| 5900 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?) | |
| 1373 | 5901 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length |
| 7 | 5902 */ |
| 5903 } | |
| 5904 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */ | |
| 5905 | |
| 5906 /* | |
| 5907 * Display the saved error message(s). | |
| 5908 */ | |
| 5909 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG | |
| 5910 void | |
| 593 | 5911 display_errors(void) |
| 7 | 5912 { |
| 5913 char *p; | |
| 5914 char_u pError[256]; | |
| 5915 | |
| 593 | 5916 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL) |
| 5917 return; | |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */ | |
| 5920 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p) | |
| 5921 if (!isspace(*p)) | |
| 5922 { | |
| 5923 if (STRLEN(p) > 255) | |
| 5924 pError[0] = 255; | |
| 5925 else | |
| 5926 pError[0] = STRLEN(p); | |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]); | |
| 5929 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil); | |
| 5930 Alert(128, nil); | |
| 5931 break; | |
| 5932 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars | |
| 5933 * use auto-sizeable alert | |
| 5934 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone) | |
| 5935 */ | |
| 5936 } | |
| 5937 ga_clear(&error_ga); | |
| 7 | 5938 } |
| 5939 #endif | |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 /* | |
| 87 | 5942 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window. |
| 7 | 5943 */ |
| 95 | 5944 void |
| 5945 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y) | |
| 7 | 5946 { |
| 5947 Point where; | |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5950 | |
| 87 | 5951 *x = where.h; |
| 5952 *y = where.v; | |
| 7 | 5953 } |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 void | |
| 593 | 5956 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y) |
| 7 | 5957 { |
| 5958 /* TODO */ | |
| 5959 #if 0 | |
| 5960 /* From FAQ 3-11 */ | |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 CursorDevicePtr myMouse; | |
| 5963 Point where; | |
| 5964 | |
| 9 | 5965 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap) |
| 5966 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap)) | |
| 7 | 5967 { |
| 5968 /* New way */ | |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 /* | |
| 5971 * Get first devoice with one button. | |
| 5972 * This will probably be the standad mouse | |
| 5973 * startat head of cursor dev list | |
| 5974 * | |
| 5975 */ | |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 myMouse = nil; | |
| 5978 | |
| 5979 do | |
| 5980 { | |
| 5981 /* Get the next cursor device */ | |
| 5982 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse); | |
| 5983 } | |
| 9 | 5984 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1)); |
| 5985 | |
| 5986 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y); | |
| 7 | 5987 } |
| 5988 else | |
| 5989 { | |
| 5990 /* Old way */ | |
| 5991 where.h = x; | |
| 5992 where.v = y; | |
| 5993 | |
| 5994 *(Point *)RawMouse = where; | |
| 5995 *(Point *)MTemp = where; | |
| 5996 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF; | |
| 5997 } | |
| 5998 #endif | |
| 5999 } | |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 void | |
| 593 | 6002 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 6003 { |
| 6004 /* | |
| 6005 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 6006 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 6007 * Call the procedure | |
| 6008 */ | |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 MenuHandle CntxMenu; | |
| 6011 Point where; | |
| 6012 OSStatus status; | |
| 6013 UInt32 CntxType; | |
| 6014 SInt16 CntxMenuID; | |
| 6015 UInt16 CntxMenuItem; | |
| 6016 Str255 HelpName = ""; | |
| 6017 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */ | |
| 9 | 6020 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 6021 | |
| 6022 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 6023 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/ | |
| 7 | 6024 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle; |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */ | |
| 6027 | |
| 6028 /* Call to Handle Popup */ | |
| 1089 | 6029 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp, |
| 1012 | 6030 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 6031 |
| 6032 if (status == noErr) | |
| 6033 { | |
| 6034 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6035 { | |
| 6036 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 6037 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 1012 | 6038 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by |
| 6039 * ContextualMenuSelect */ | |
| 9 | 6040 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 6041 } |
| 6042 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 6043 { | |
| 6044 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 6045 } | |
| 6046 } | |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 6049 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 7 | 6050 } |
| 6051 | |
| 6052 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6053 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */ | |
| 6054 void | |
| 6055 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf) | |
| 6056 { | |
| 9 | 6057 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec); |
| 6058 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf); | |
| 7 | 6059 } |
| 6060 #endif | |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 6063 /* | |
| 6064 * Set the window title and icon. | |
| 6065 * (The icon is not taken care of). | |
| 6066 */ | |
| 6067 void | |
| 593 | 6068 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon) |
| 7 | 6069 { |
| 6070 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller | |
| 6071 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar. | |
| 6072 */ | |
| 766 | 6073 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 6074 CFStringRef windowTitle; |
| 6075 size_t windowTitleLen; | |
| 6076 #else | |
| 7 | 6077 char_u *pascalTitle; |
| 168 | 6078 #endif |
| 7 | 6079 |
| 6080 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 6081 return; | |
| 6082 | |
| 766 | 6083 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 6084 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title); |
| 1621 | 6085 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen); |
| 168 | 6086 |
| 6087 if (windowTitle) | |
| 6088 { | |
| 6089 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle); | |
| 6090 CFRelease(windowTitle); | |
| 6091 } | |
| 6092 #else | |
| 7 | 6093 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title); |
| 6094 if (pascalTitle != NULL) | |
| 6095 { | |
| 6096 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle); | |
| 6097 vim_free(pascalTitle); | |
| 6098 } | |
| 168 | 6099 #endif |
| 7 | 6100 } |
| 6101 #endif | |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 /* | |
| 2585 | 6104 * Transferred from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work |
| 7 | 6105 */ |
| 6106 | |
| 6107 int | |
| 593 | 6108 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString) |
| 7 | 6109 { |
| 6110 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString; | |
| 6111 int len; | |
| 6112 int i; | |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 PascalPtr[0] = 0; | |
| 6115 if (CString == NULL) | |
| 6116 return 0; | |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 len = STRLEN(CString); | |
| 6119 if (len > 255) | |
| 6120 len = 255; | |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
| 6123 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i]; | |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 PascalPtr[0] = len; | |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 return 0; | |
| 6128 } | |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 int | |
| 593 | 6131 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec) |
| 7 | 6132 { |
| 6133 /* From FAQ 8-12 */ | |
| 6134 Str255 filePascal; | |
| 6135 CInfoPBRec myCPB; | |
| 6136 OSErr err; | |
| 6137 | |
| 9 | 6138 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal); |
| 7 | 6139 |
| 6140 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal; | |
| 6141 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0; | |
| 6142 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6143 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0; | |
| 6144 | |
| 9 | 6145 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6146 |
| 6147 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */ | |
| 9 | 6148 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec); |
| 7 | 6149 |
| 6150 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */ | |
| 6151 return 0; | |
| 6152 } | |
| 6153 | |
| 6154 /* | |
| 6155 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path | |
| 6156 */ | |
| 6157 | |
| 9 | 6158 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file) |
| 7 | 6159 { |
| 6160 /* | |
| 6161 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max. | |
| 6162 */ | |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 CInfoPBRec theCPB; | |
| 6165 char_u fname[256]; | |
| 6166 char_u *filenamePtr = fname; | |
| 6167 OSErr error; | |
| 6168 int folder = 1; | |
| 6169 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6170 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum; | |
| 6171 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID; | |
| 6172 FSRef refFile; | |
| 6173 OSStatus status; | |
| 6174 UInt32 pathSize = 256; | |
| 6175 char_u pathname[256]; | |
| 6176 char_u *path = pathname; | |
| 6177 #else | |
| 6178 Str255 directoryName; | |
| 6179 char_u temporary[255]; | |
| 6180 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary; | |
| 6181 #endif | |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6184 /* Get the default volume */ | |
| 6185 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/ | |
| 9 | 6186 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID); |
| 7 | 6187 |
| 6188 if (error) | |
| 6189 return NULL; | |
| 6190 #endif | |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 /* Start filling fname with file.name */ | |
| 418 | 6193 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]); |
| 7 | 6194 |
| 6195 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */ | |
| 6196 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6197 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name; | |
| 6198 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1106 | 6199 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/ |
| 7 | 6200 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr, | |
| 6203 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */ | |
| 9 | 6204 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6205 |
| 6206 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */ | |
| 6207 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr)) | |
| 6208 return NULL; | |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 /* Check if it's a file or folder */ | |
| 6211 /* default to file if file don't exist */ | |
| 6212 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error)) | |
| 6213 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */ | |
| 6214 else | |
| 6215 folder = 1; | |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6218 /* | |
| 6219 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but | |
| 6220 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9 | |
| 6221 */ | |
| 6222 if (error == fnfErr) | |
| 6223 { | |
| 6224 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible | |
| 6225 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an | |
| 6226 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and | |
| 6227 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert | |
| 6228 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path, | |
| 6229 and, finally, append the filename. */ | |
| 6230 FSSpec dirSpec; | |
| 6231 FSRef dirRef; | |
| 6232 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p"; | |
| 6233 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum, | |
| 6234 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec); | |
| 6235 if (error) | |
| 6236 return NULL; | |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef); | |
| 6239 if (error) | |
| 6240 return NULL; | |
| 6241 | |
| 6242 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize); | |
| 6243 if (status) | |
| 6244 return NULL; | |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 STRCAT(path, "/"); | |
| 6247 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr); | |
| 6248 } | |
| 6249 else | |
| 6250 { | |
| 6251 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path | |
| 6252 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */ | |
| 9 | 6253 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile); |
| 7 | 6254 if (error) |
| 6255 return NULL; | |
| 6256 | |
| 9 | 6257 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize); |
| 7 | 6258 if (status) |
| 6259 return NULL; | |
| 6260 } | |
| 6261 | |
| 6262 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */ | |
| 6263 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6264 STRCAT(path, "/"); |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 return (vim_strsave(path)); | |
| 7 | 6267 #else |
| 6268 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */ | |
| 6269 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */ | |
| 6270 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; | |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value | |
| 6273 * we want for ioDrDirID*/ | |
| 6274 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID; | |
| 6275 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; | |
| 6276 | |
| 9 | 6277 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/)) |
| 7 | 6278 do |
| 6279 { | |
| 6280 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6281 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6282 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6283 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6284 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6285 | |
| 6286 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6287 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6288 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6289 |
| 6290 if (error) | |
| 6291 return NULL; | |
| 6292 | |
| 6293 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */ | |
| 6294 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6295 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6296 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6297 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6298 } | |
| 6299 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */ | |
| 6300 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */ | |
| 6301 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/); | |
| 6302 #else | |
| 6303 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID); | |
| 6304 #endif | |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */ | |
| 6307 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6308 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6309 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6310 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6311 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6314 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6315 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6316 |
| 6317 if (error) | |
| 6318 return NULL; | |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */ | |
| 6321 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */ | |
| 1212 | 6322 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */ |
| 7 | 6323 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME |
| 6324 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum) | |
| 6325 #endif | |
| 6326 { | |
| 6327 /* Add the volume name */ | |
| 6328 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6329 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6330 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6331 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6332 | |
| 6333 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6334 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 6335 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */ | |
| 6336 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:"); | |
| 6337 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6338 #endif | |
| 6339 } | |
| 6340 | |
| 6341 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */ | |
| 6342 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6343 STRCAT(fname, ":"); |
| 7 | 6344 |
| 6345 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */ | |
| 6346 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6347 /* Need to insert leading / */ | |
| 6348 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */ | |
| 6349 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr); | |
| 6350 temporaryPtr[0] = '/'; | |
| 6351 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6352 { | |
| 6353 char *p; | |
| 6354 for (p = fname; *p; p++) | |
| 6355 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6356 *p = '/'; | |
| 6357 } | |
| 6358 #endif | |
| 6359 | |
| 9 | 6360 return (vim_strsave(fname)); |
| 7 | 6361 #endif |
| 6362 } | |
| 6363 | |
| 1562 | 6364 #if (defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)) && defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER) |
| 7 | 6365 /* |
| 6366 * Input Method Control functions. | |
| 6367 */ | |
| 6368 | |
| 6369 /* | |
| 6370 * Notify cursor position to IM. | |
| 6371 */ | |
| 6372 void | |
| 6373 im_set_position(int row, int col) | |
| 6374 { | |
| 1562 | 6375 #if 0 |
| 7 | 6376 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 6377 im_start_row = row; |
| 6378 im_start_col = col; | |
| 6379 #endif | |
| 6380 } | |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow; | |
| 6383 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert; | |
| 6384 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 }; | |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 static Component gTSCWindow; | |
| 6387 static Component gTSCInsert; | |
| 6388 static Component gTSCDefault; | |
| 6389 | |
| 6390 static int im_initialized = 0; | |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 static void | |
| 6393 im_on_window_switch(int active) | |
| 6394 { | |
| 6395 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; | |
| 6396 OSStatus err; | |
| 6397 | |
| 6398 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6399 return; | |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6402 { | |
| 6403 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6406 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6407 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6408 } | |
| 6409 | |
| 6410 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6411 { | |
| 6412 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6413 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6414 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 if (slptr) | |
| 6417 { | |
| 6418 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6419 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6420 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6421 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6422 | |
| 6423 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6424 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6425 } | |
| 6426 } | |
| 6427 else | |
| 6428 { | |
| 6429 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow); | |
| 6430 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6431 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 if (slptr) | |
| 6434 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6435 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6438 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6439 } | |
| 7 | 6440 } |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 /* | |
| 6443 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE). | |
| 6444 */ | |
| 6445 void | |
| 6446 im_set_active(int active) | |
| 6447 { | |
| 1562 | 6448 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; |
| 6449 OSStatus err; | |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6452 return; | |
| 6453 | |
| 6454 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6455 { | |
| 6456 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6459 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6460 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6461 } | |
| 6462 | |
| 6463 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6464 { | |
| 6465 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6466 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6467 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6468 | |
| 6469 if (slptr) | |
| 6470 { | |
| 6471 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6472 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6473 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6474 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6475 | |
| 6476 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6477 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6478 } | |
| 6479 } | |
| 6480 else | |
| 6481 { | |
| 6482 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert); | |
| 6483 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6484 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 if (slptr) | |
| 6487 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6488 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6489 | |
| 6490 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could | |
| 6491 * enter commands easier */ | |
| 6492 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6493 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6494 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault); | |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6497 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6498 } | |
| 7 | 6499 } |
| 6500 | |
| 6501 /* | |
| 6502 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0. | |
| 6503 */ | |
| 6504 int | |
| 593 | 6505 im_get_status(void) |
| 7 | 6506 { |
| 1562 | 6507 if (! gui.in_use) |
| 6508 return 0; | |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 return im_is_active; | |
| 7 | 6511 } |
| 1106 | 6512 |
| 7 | 6513 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */ |
| 1106 | 6514 |
| 6515 | |
| 6516 | |
| 6517 | |
| 6518 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6519 // drawer implementation | |
| 6520 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL; | |
| 6521 enum | |
| 6522 { | |
| 6523 kTabContextMenuId = 42, | |
| 6524 }; | |
| 6525 | |
| 6526 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string | |
| 6527 static CFStringRef | |
| 6528 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page) | |
| 6529 { | |
| 6530 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE); | |
| 6531 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT | |
| 1621 | 6532 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff)); |
| 1106 | 6533 #else |
| 6534 // TODO: check internal encoding? | |
| 6535 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff, | |
| 6536 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman); | |
| 6537 #endif | |
| 6538 } | |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 | |
| 6541 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150 | |
| 6542 #define DRAWER_INSET 16 | |
| 6543 | |
| 6544 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL; | |
| 6545 | |
| 6546 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When | |
| 2585 | 6547 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before update_tabline(), |
| 1106 | 6548 // and because of this, the tab labels and vims internal tabs are out of sync |
| 6549 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels | |
| 6550 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time). | |
| 6551 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL; | |
| 6552 static int tabLabelsSize = 0; | |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 enum | |
| 6555 { | |
| 6556 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs' | |
| 6557 }; | |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 static int | |
| 6560 getTabCount(void) | |
| 6561 { | |
| 6562 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6563 int numTabs = 0; | |
| 6564 | |
| 6565 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 1562 | 6566 ++numTabs; |
| 1106 | 6567 return numTabs; |
| 6568 } | |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 // data browser item display callback | |
| 6571 static OSStatus | |
| 6572 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6573 DataBrowserItemID itemID, | |
| 1562 | 6574 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */, |
| 6575 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, | |
| 1106 | 6576 Boolean changeValue) |
| 6577 { | |
| 6578 OSStatus status = noErr; | |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated?? | |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 // changeValue is true if we have a modifieable list and data was changed. | |
| 6583 // In our case, it's always false. | |
| 6584 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return | |
| 6585 // internalData(); | |
| 6586 if (!changeValue) | |
| 6587 { | |
| 6588 CFStringRef str; | |
| 6589 | |
| 6590 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize); | |
| 6591 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1]; | |
| 6592 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str); | |
| 6593 } | |
| 6594 else | |
| 6595 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported; | |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 return status; | |
| 6598 } | |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 // data browser action callback | |
| 6601 static void | |
| 6602 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6603 DataBrowserItemID item, | |
| 6604 DataBrowserItemNotification message) | |
| 6605 { | |
| 6606 switch (message) | |
| 6607 { | |
| 6608 case kDataBrowserItemSelected: | |
| 6609 send_tabline_event(item); | |
| 6610 break; | |
| 6611 } | |
| 6612 } | |
| 6613 | |
| 6614 // callbacks needed for contextual menu: | |
| 6615 static void | |
| 6616 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6617 MenuRef *menu, | |
| 1562 | 6618 UInt32 *helpType, |
| 1106 | 6619 CFStringRef *helpItemString, |
| 1562 | 6620 AEDesc *selection) |
| 1106 | 6621 { |
| 6622 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same | |
| 6623 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-) | |
| 6624 *helpItemString = NULL; | |
| 6625 | |
| 6626 *menu = contextMenu; | |
| 6627 } | |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 static void | |
| 6630 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6631 MenuRef menu, | |
| 6632 UInt32 selectionType, | |
| 6633 SInt16 menuID, | |
| 6634 MenuItemIndex menuItem) | |
| 6635 { | |
| 6636 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6637 { | |
| 6638 MenuCommand command; | |
| 6639 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command); | |
| 6640 | |
| 6641 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared | |
| 6642 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu | |
| 6643 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some | |
| 6644 // way, the finder does it too ;-) ) | |
| 6645 Handle items = NewHandle(0); | |
| 6646 if (items != NULL) | |
| 6647 { | |
| 6648 int numItems; | |
| 6649 | |
| 6650 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false, | |
| 6651 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items); | |
| 6652 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID); | |
| 6653 if (numItems > 0) | |
| 6654 { | |
| 6655 int idx; | |
| 6656 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr; | |
| 6657 | |
| 6658 HLock(items); | |
| 6659 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items; | |
| 6660 idx = itemsPtr[0]; | |
| 6661 HUnlock(items); | |
| 6662 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command); | |
| 6663 } | |
| 6664 DisposeHandle(items); | |
| 6665 } | |
| 6666 } | |
| 6667 } | |
| 6668 | |
| 6669 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim | |
| 6670 static OSStatus | |
| 6671 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6672 { | |
| 6673 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl | |
| 6674 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart); | |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 return paramErr; | |
| 6677 } | |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | |
| 6680 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size | |
| 6681 static OSStatus | |
| 6682 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6683 { | |
| 6684 switch (GetEventKind(event)) | |
| 6685 { | |
| 6686 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize | |
| 6687 { | |
| 6688 UInt32 attribs; | |
| 6689 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32, | |
| 6690 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs); | |
| 6691 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize | |
| 6692 { | |
| 6693 Rect r; | |
| 6694 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 6695 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 6696 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r); | |
| 6697 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser, | |
| 6698 kTabsColumn, r.right); | |
| 6699 } | |
| 6700 } | |
| 6701 break; | |
| 6702 } | |
| 6703 | |
| 6704 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 6705 } | |
| 6706 | |
| 6707 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better). | |
| 6708 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the | |
| 6709 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.) | |
| 6710 | |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 #import <mach-o/dyld.h> | |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) }; | |
| 6715 | |
| 6716 static OSStatus | |
| 6717 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6718 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, | |
| 6719 OptionBits inAttributesToClear) | |
| 6720 { | |
| 6721 long osVersion; | |
| 6722 char *symbolName; | |
| 6723 NSSymbol symbol = NULL; | |
| 6724 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6725 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion); | |
| 6728 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up) | |
| 6729 return noErr; | |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 // C name mangling... | |
| 6732 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes"; | |
| 6733 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName) | |
| 6734 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL) | |
| 6735 return noErr; | |
| 6736 | |
| 6737 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol); | |
| 6738 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL) | |
| 6739 return noErr; // well... | |
| 6740 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser, | |
| 6741 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6742 } | |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 static void | |
| 6745 initialise_tabline(void) | |
| 6746 { | |
| 6747 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE }; | |
| 6748 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks; | |
| 6749 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart}; | |
| 6750 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged}; | |
| 6751 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc; | |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 // drawers have to have compositing enabled | |
| 6754 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass, | |
| 6755 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute | |
| 6756 | kWindowCompositingAttribute | |
| 6757 | kWindowResizableAttribute | |
| 6758 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute, | |
| 6759 &drawerRect, &drawer); | |
| 6760 | |
| 6761 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true); | |
| 6762 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow); | |
| 6763 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET); | |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 | |
| 6766 // create list view embedded in drawer | |
| 6767 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView, | |
| 6768 &dataBrowser); | |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks; | |
| 6771 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks); | |
| 6772 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback = | |
| 6773 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback); | |
| 6774 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback = | |
| 6775 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback); | |
| 6776 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6777 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6778 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6779 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6780 | |
| 6781 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks); | |
| 6782 | |
| 6783 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header | |
| 6784 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical | |
| 6785 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser, | |
| 6786 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet); | |
| 6787 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser, | |
| 6788 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite); | |
| 6789 Boolean b = false; | |
| 6790 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl, | |
| 6791 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b); | |
| 6792 | |
| 6793 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim | |
| 6794 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this | |
| 6795 // function dynamically) | |
| 6796 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser, | |
| 6797 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0); | |
| 6798 | |
| 6799 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser | |
| 6800 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent, | |
| 6801 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6802 | |
| 6803 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer | |
| 6804 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent, | |
| 6805 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6806 | |
| 6807 // add "tabs" column to data browser | |
| 6808 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn; | |
| 6809 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType; | |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn | |
| 6812 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags; | |
| 6813 | |
| 6814 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc; | |
| 6815 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100; | |
| 6816 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150; | |
| 6817 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0; | |
| 6818 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs"); | |
| 6819 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing; | |
| 6820 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font | |
| 6821 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly; | |
| 6822 | |
| 6823 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0); | |
| 6824 | |
| 6825 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu) | |
| 6826 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu); | |
| 6827 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close"), 0, | |
| 6828 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL); | |
| 6829 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0, | |
| 6830 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL); | |
| 6831 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0, | |
| 6832 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL); | |
| 6833 } | |
| 6834 | |
| 6835 | |
| 6836 /* | |
| 6837 * Show or hide the tabline. | |
| 6838 */ | |
| 6839 void | |
| 6840 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit) | |
| 6841 { | |
| 6842 if (showit == 0) | |
| 1562 | 6843 CloseDrawer(drawer, true); |
| 1106 | 6844 else |
| 1562 | 6845 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true); |
| 1106 | 6846 } |
| 6847 | |
| 6848 /* | |
| 6849 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed. | |
| 6850 */ | |
| 6851 int | |
| 6852 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void) | |
| 6853 { | |
| 6854 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer); | |
| 6855 | |
| 6856 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening; | |
| 6857 } | |
| 6858 | |
| 6859 /* | |
| 6860 * Update the labels of the tabline. | |
| 6861 */ | |
| 6862 void | |
| 6863 gui_mch_update_tabline(void) | |
| 6864 { | |
| 6865 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6866 int numTabs = getTabCount(); | |
| 6867 int nr = 1; | |
| 6868 int curtabidx = 1; | |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 // adjust data browser | |
| 6871 if (tabLabels != NULL) | |
| 6872 { | |
| 1562 | 6873 int i; |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i) | |
| 6876 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]); | |
| 6877 free(tabLabels); | |
| 1106 | 6878 } |
| 6879 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef)); | |
| 6880 tabLabelsSize = numTabs; | |
| 6881 | |
| 6882 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr) | |
| 6883 { | |
| 6884 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 6885 curtabidx = nr; | |
| 1562 | 6886 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp); |
| 1106 | 6887 } |
| 6888 | |
| 6889 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL, | |
| 6890 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6891 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we | |
| 6892 // can pass NULL for the id array | |
| 6893 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL, | |
| 6894 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx; | |
| 6897 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6898 } | |
| 6899 | |
| 6900 /* | |
| 6901 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1. | |
| 6902 */ | |
| 6903 void | |
| 6904 gui_mch_set_curtab(nr) | |
| 6905 int nr; | |
| 6906 { | |
| 6907 DataBrowserItemID item = nr; | |
| 6908 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...) | |
| 6911 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn, | |
| 6912 kDataBrowserRevealOnly); | |
| 6913 } | |
| 6914 | |
| 6915 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |